1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
310 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
311 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
313 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
314 only a vertical scrollbar.
315 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
316 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
317 This, however, is due
318 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
319 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
320 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
321 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
323 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
324 this doesn't work for equations yet.
327 \begin_layout Standard
328 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
336 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
341 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
342 ing sections of this documentation.
345 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_layout Standard
350 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
355 of the manuals from inside LyX.
356 Just select the manual you want read from the
363 \begin_layout Section
365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
367 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
374 \begin_layout Standard
375 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
376 without resorting to configuration files.
377 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
378 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
379 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
395 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
396 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
397 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
399 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
407 Reconfiguration of LyX
412 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
415 \begin_layout Section
417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
419 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
426 \begin_layout Standard
427 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
428 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
451 that will be created when using the menu
453 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
472 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
473 \begin_inset Note Note
476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
477 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
485 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
486 More about TeX Code is described in section
491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
493 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
497 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
504 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
518 Reconfiguration of LyX
526 \begin_layout Chapter
530 \begin_layout Section
531 Basic File Operations
535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
544 \begin_layout Standard
549 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
550 in addition to some more advanced operations:
553 \begin_layout Itemize
557 \begin_inset Graphics
558 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
566 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
590 \begin_inset Graphics
591 filename ../images/file-open.png
592 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
599 \begin_layout Itemize
605 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_inset Graphics
612 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
620 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_layout Itemize
654 \begin_layout Itemize
660 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_inset Graphics
673 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 \begin_layout Standard
688 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
689 a few minor differences.
692 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
707 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
708 you for a template to use.
709 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
710 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
711 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
719 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
726 \begin_layout Standard
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
751 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
752 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
755 \begin_layout Standard
776 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
781 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
806 will reload the document from disk.
807 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
808 and want to restore it to the last save.
817 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
818 can identify them as your changes.
821 \begin_layout Section
822 Basic Editing Features
826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
833 \begin_inset CommandInset label
835 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
842 \begin_layout Standard
843 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
844 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
845 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
846 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
848 We'll start with cut and paste.
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 As you might expect, the
856 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
857 various other editing features.
858 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
862 \begin_layout Itemize
868 \begin_inset Graphics
869 filename ../images/cut.png
870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
877 \begin_layout Itemize
883 \begin_inset Graphics
884 filename ../images/copy.png
885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
892 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_inset Graphics
899 filename ../images/paste.png
900 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
907 \begin_layout Itemize
917 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_layout Itemize
941 \begin_inset Graphics
942 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
943 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
951 \begin_layout Standard
952 The first three are self-explanatory.
953 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
954 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
963 keys also functions as the
968 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
969 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
974 to get back the lost text.
977 \begin_layout Standard
981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
987 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
996 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
999 \begin_layout Standard
1002 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1004 \begin_inset space ~
1007 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1009 \begin_inset space ~
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1018 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1024 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1028 \begin_inset space ~
1033 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1034 will start a new paragraph.
1037 \begin_layout Standard
1041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1061 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1073 \begin_inset space ~
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1083 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1088 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1105 button to skip the current word.
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1125 If the toggle is set, searching for
1126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1137 will not match the word
1138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1152 Match whole words only
1154 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1155 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1185 \begin_layout Standard
1186 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1187 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1189 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1194 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1201 \begin_layout Section
1206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1223 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1225 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1232 \begin_layout Standard
1233 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1234 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1237 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1240 or the toolbar button
1241 \begin_inset Graphics
1242 filename ../images/undo.png
1243 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1247 to undo some mistake.
1248 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1250 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1253 or the toolbar button
1254 \begin_inset Graphics
1255 filename ../images/redo.png
1256 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1268 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1272 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1275 \begin_layout Standard
1276 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1285 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1286 This is a consequence of the 100
1287 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1290 step undo limit, above.
1293 \begin_layout Standard
1302 work on almost everything in LyX.
1303 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1307 \begin_layout Section
1312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1321 \begin_layout Standard
1322 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1325 \begin_layout Enumerate
1330 \begin_layout Itemize
1335 once anywhere in the edit window.
1336 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1340 \begin_layout Enumerate
1345 \begin_layout Itemize
1351 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1354 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1357 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1360 \begin_layout Itemize
1361 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1370 \begin_layout Enumerate
1371 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1375 \begin_layout Standard
1376 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1377 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1378 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1382 \begin_layout Enumerate
1387 \begin_layout Standard
1392 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1397 \begin_layout Section
1399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1401 name "sec:Navigating"
1409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1418 \begin_layout Standard
1419 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1422 \begin_layout Itemize
1427 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1428 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1431 \begin_layout Itemize
1434 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1437 or the toolbar button
1438 \begin_inset Graphics
1439 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1440 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1447 \begin_layout Standard
1448 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1449 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1456 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1461 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1462 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1463 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1464 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1465 to the document, see
1466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1468 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1477 option sorts the current list, and the
1481 option keeps it in the current view state.
1482 Keeping means that when you have e.
1483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1487 \begin_inset space ~
1490 the subsections of section
1491 \begin_inset space ~
1494 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1495 \begin_inset space ~
1498 3, the subsections of section
1499 \begin_inset space ~
1502 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1507 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1514 \begin_layout Standard
1516 \begin_inset space \space{}
1520 \begin_inset Graphics
1521 filename ../images/down.png
1522 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1532 \begin_inset space \space{}
1536 \begin_inset Graphics
1537 filename ../images/up.png
1538 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1543 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1547 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1549 So you can for example move section
1550 \begin_inset space ~
1554 \begin_inset space ~
1558 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1560 \begin_inset Graphics
1561 filename ../images/promote.png
1562 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1567 \begin_inset Graphics
1568 filename ../images/demote.png
1569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1573 or the corresponding key bindings
1581 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1582 So you can for example make section
1583 \begin_inset space ~
1587 \begin_inset space ~
1591 \begin_inset space ~
1597 \begin_layout Section
1602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1675 \begin_layout Standard
1676 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1677 LyX's default is CUA.
1680 \begin_layout Standard
1684 \begin_inset space ~
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1713 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1717 \begin_layout Labeling
1718 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1722 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1723 LatexCommand nomenclature
1725 description "Tabulator key"
1731 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1732 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1733 \begin_inset space ~
1737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1739 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1746 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1750 , especially section
1751 \begin_inset space ~
1755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1757 reference "sub:Lists"
1763 If you're still confused, look in the
1770 \begin_layout Labeling
1771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1775 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1776 LatexCommand nomenclature
1778 description "Escape key"
1785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1792 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1793 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1796 \begin_layout Labeling
1797 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1803 \begin_inset space ~
1807 \begin_inset space ~
1814 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1815 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1819 \begin_layout Standard
1820 There are three modifier keys:
1823 \begin_layout Labeling
1824 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1842 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1843 LatexCommand nomenclature
1845 description "Control key"
1849 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1850 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1854 \begin_layout Itemize
1863 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1866 \begin_layout Itemize
1875 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1878 \begin_layout Itemize
1887 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1891 \begin_layout Labeling
1892 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1910 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1911 LatexCommand nomenclature
1913 description "Shift key"
1917 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1918 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1921 \begin_layout Labeling
1922 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1940 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1941 LatexCommand nomenclature
1943 description "Alt or Meta key"
1947 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1948 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1949 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1955 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1957 menu accelerator keys
1960 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1961 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1965 \begin_layout Standard
1966 For example, the sequence
1967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1973 \begin_inset space ~
1977 \begin_inset space ~
1983 \begin_inset space ~
1991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2014 \begin_inset space ~
2020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2030 \begin_layout Standard
2031 There are also other things bound to the
2035 key, but you'll have to check in the
2047 \begin_layout Standard
2048 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2049 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2050 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2051 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2052 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2053 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2054 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2055 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2071 followed by a capital
2078 \begin_layout Standard
2079 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2081 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2086 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2089 as explained in sec.
2090 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2096 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2101 \begin_inset Formula \[
2109 \begin_layout Chapter
2114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2123 \begin_layout Section
2128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2137 \begin_layout Subsection
2141 \begin_layout Standard
2142 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2143 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2144 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2145 numbering schemes, and so on.
2146 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2147 and format the title of your document differently.
2150 \begin_layout Standard
2155 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2156 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2157 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2158 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2159 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2162 \begin_layout Standard
2163 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2164 how to adjust their properties.
2167 \begin_layout Subsection
2172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2179 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2181 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2188 \begin_layout Standard
2189 You can select a class using the
2191 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2205 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2209 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2213 \begin_layout Standard
2214 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2218 \begin_layout Description
2219 Article for basic articles
2222 \begin_layout Description
2223 Report for basic reports
2226 \begin_layout Description
2227 Book for writing a book
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Letter for US-style letters
2234 \begin_layout Standard
2235 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2237 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2238 can be found in chapter
2240 Special Document Classes
2249 \begin_layout Description
2250 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2253 \begin_layout Description
2260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2269 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2273 \begin_layout Description
2274 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2275 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2276 There are three article layouts available.
2277 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2278 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2279 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2280 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2285 sequential numbering
2286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2289 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2290 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2291 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2292 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2295 \begin_layout Description
2296 Beamer Layout for presentations
2299 \begin_layout Description
2300 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2301 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2305 \begin_layout Description
2307 \begin_inset space ~
2310 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2313 \begin_layout Description
2314 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2317 \begin_layout Description
2320 Die TeXnische Komödie
2322 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2325 \begin_layout Description
2326 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2329 \begin_layout Description
2330 Foils Used to make transparencies
2333 \begin_layout Description
2334 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2337 \begin_layout Description
2338 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2339 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2343 \begin_layout Description
2344 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2345 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2348 \begin_layout Description
2349 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2352 \begin_layout Description
2353 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2356 \begin_layout Description
2357 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2358 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2361 \begin_layout Description
2362 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2365 \begin_layout Description
2370 LaTeX document class
2373 \begin_layout Description
2374 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2377 \begin_layout Description
2382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2389 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2390 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2392 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2395 \begin_layout Description
2396 Slides Used to make transparencies
2399 \begin_layout Description
2401 \begin_inset space ~
2404 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2405 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2408 \begin_layout Description
2409 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2412 \begin_layout Description
2417 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2420 \begin_layout Standard
2421 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2423 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2428 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2429 of the document classes.
2432 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2453 \begin_layout Standard
2454 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2455 in the chosen document class.
2456 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2458 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2459 the corresponding module in the
2465 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2479 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2483 \begin_layout Standard
2484 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2492 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2493 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2501 \begin_layout Standard
2502 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2510 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2518 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2522 \begin_layout Standard
2523 Each class has a default set of options.
2524 Here's a quick table describing them:
2527 \begin_layout Standard
2528 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2534 \begin_layout Standard
2536 \begin_inset Tabular
2537 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2539 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2540 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2541 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2997 \begin_layout Standard
2998 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3004 \begin_layout Standard
3005 You're probably also wondering what
3006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3010 \begin_inset space ~
3014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3018 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3019 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3024 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3029 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3039 headings, there are also
3047 headings, and so on.
3048 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3049 \begin_inset space ~
3053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3055 reference "sub:Headings"
3062 \begin_layout Subsection
3067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3076 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3095 \begin_layout Standard
3096 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3098 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3109 \begin_inset space ~
3114 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3116 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3117 to use for your document.
3118 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3122 \begin_layout Standard
3129 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3135 \begin_inset space ~
3140 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3141 You can choose between the following five options:
3144 \begin_layout Labeling
3145 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3150 Use default page style of current class.
3153 \begin_layout Labeling
3154 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3159 No page numbers or headings.
3162 \begin_layout Labeling
3163 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3171 \begin_layout Labeling
3172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3177 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3178 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3179 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3182 \begin_layout Labeling
3183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3188 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3198 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3204 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3205 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3207 Check the documentation for the
3211 package for more details,
3212 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3221 \begin_layout Standard
3226 of paragraphs is described in section
3227 \begin_inset space ~
3231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3233 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3240 \begin_layout Subsection
3241 Paper Size and Orientation
3245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3246 Document ! Paper size
3252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3254 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3261 \begin_layout Standard
3262 You'll find the following options in the menu
3265 \begin_inset space ~
3270 of the dialog of the
3272 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3290 \begin_layout Labeling
3291 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3295 \begin_inset space ~
3300 What size paper to print on.
3304 \begin_layout Itemize
3310 \begin_layout Itemize
3320 \begin_layout Itemize
3326 \begin_layout Itemize
3332 \begin_layout Itemize
3338 \begin_layout Itemize
3344 \begin_layout Itemize
3350 \begin_layout Labeling
3351 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3356 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3367 \begin_layout Labeling
3368 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3372 \begin_inset space ~
3377 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3378 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3381 \begin_layout Subsection
3386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3412 \begin_layout Standard
3413 Paper margins are set in the menu
3415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3433 \begin_layout Standard
3434 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3435 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3436 the paper format and the font size into account.
3439 \begin_layout Subsection
3443 \begin_layout Standard
3444 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3449 That includes the paragraph environments.
3450 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3451 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3452 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3453 paragraph environments to
3457 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3458 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3459 the conversion and why it failed.
3462 \begin_layout Section
3463 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3468 Paragraph ! Indentation
3476 \begin_layout Subsection
3478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3480 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3487 \begin_layout Standard
3488 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3489 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3492 \begin_layout Standard
3493 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3494 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3495 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3496 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3500 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3506 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3507 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3508 language than English.
3509 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3512 \begin_layout Standard
3513 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3514 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3516 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3517 LyX takes care of that.
3518 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3520 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3521 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3522 of a page, and so on.
3526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3527 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3532 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3533 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3537 of these pre-coded spacings.
3538 We'll explain more later.
3541 \begin_layout Subsection
3542 Paragraph Separation
3546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3547 Paragraph ! Separation
3555 \begin_layout Standard
3556 To separate paragraphs, select
3567 \begin_inset space ~
3574 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3587 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3588 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3589 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3592 \begin_layout Standard
3602 \begin_layout Standard
3603 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3604 \begin_inset space ~
3608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3610 reference "cap:Units"
3615 The default length is 30
3616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3622 \begin_layout Subsection
3626 \begin_layout Standard
3627 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3630 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3632 \begin_inset space ~
3637 dialog and toggle the
3640 \begin_inset space ~
3645 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3646 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3647 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3651 \begin_layout Standard
3652 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3653 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3656 \begin_layout Subsection
3661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3662 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3670 \begin_layout Standard
3673 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3686 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3689 \begin_inset space ~
3698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3699 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3708 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3713 installed to use this feature.
3721 \begin_layout Section
3722 Paragraph Environments
3726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3727 Paragraph ! Environments
3733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3735 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3744 Paragraph environments|(
3752 \begin_layout Subsection
3756 \begin_layout Standard
3757 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3779 \begin_inset Newline newline
3782 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3783 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3784 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3793 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3796 \begin_layout Standard
3797 A paragraph environment is simply a
3798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3805 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3806 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3807 scheme, labels, and so on.
3808 Additionally, you can
3809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3816 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3817 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3818 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3819 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3820 days of typewriters.
3821 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3823 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3826 \begin_layout Standard
3827 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3828 \begin_inset Graphics
3829 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3835 at the left end of the toolbar.
3836 LyX will change the environment of the
3840 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3841 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3842 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3846 \begin_layout Standard
3855 create a new paragraph using the
3859 paragraph environment.
3861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3868 because if you are in one of these environments:
3871 \begin_layout Itemize
3877 \begin_layout Itemize
3883 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 \begin_layout Itemize
3895 \begin_layout Itemize
3901 \begin_layout Itemize
3907 \begin_layout Itemize
3913 \begin_layout Standard
3914 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3918 , rather than resetting it to
3923 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3924 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3925 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3926 \begin_inset space ~
3930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3932 reference "sec:Nesting"
3937 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3942 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3943 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3951 \begin_layout Subsection
3955 \begin_layout Standard
3956 The default paragraph environment is
3961 It creates a plain paragraph.
3962 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3963 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3964 this manual) are in the
3971 \begin_layout Standard
3972 You can nest a paragraph using the
3976 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3984 \begin_layout Subsection
3989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3998 \begin_layout Standard
3999 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4008 for thanks or contact information.
4009 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4010 page along with today's date.
4011 For other types of documents, the title
4012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4019 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4023 \begin_layout Standard
4024 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4038 Here's how you use them:
4041 \begin_layout Itemize
4042 Put the title of your document in the
4049 \begin_layout Itemize
4050 Put the author name in the
4057 \begin_layout Itemize
4058 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4059 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4065 Note that using this environment is optional.
4066 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4067 If you don't want any date, add the line
4068 \begin_inset Newline newline
4078 \begin_inset Newline newline
4081 to the preamble of your document (menu
4083 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4089 \begin_layout Standard
4090 You can use footnotes to insert
4091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4098 or contact informations.
4101 \begin_layout Subsection
4106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4124 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4127 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4133 Section headings ! Numbered
4141 \begin_layout Standard
4142 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4146 \begin_layout Enumerate
4152 \begin_layout Enumerate
4158 \begin_layout Enumerate
4164 \begin_layout Enumerate
4170 \begin_layout Enumerate
4176 \begin_layout Enumerate
4182 \begin_layout Enumerate
4188 \begin_layout Standard
4189 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4190 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4191 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4194 \begin_layout Standard
4195 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4196 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4197 You group the book into chapters.
4198 LyX does similar grouping:
4201 \begin_layout Itemize
4206 is divided in either
4217 \begin_layout Itemize
4229 \begin_layout Itemize
4241 \begin_layout Itemize
4253 \begin_layout Itemize
4265 \begin_layout Itemize
4277 \begin_layout Standard
4278 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4286 Not all document types use the
4290 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4295 is the top-level heading.
4303 \begin_layout Standard
4308 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4309 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4311 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4323 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4329 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4337 \begin_layout Standard
4338 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4342 \begin_layout Enumerate
4348 \begin_layout Enumerate
4354 \begin_layout Enumerate
4360 \begin_layout Enumerate
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4372 \begin_layout Standard
4374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4381 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4382 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4383 table of contents, see section
4384 \begin_inset space ~
4388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4397 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4398 Changing the Numbering
4399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4401 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4410 in the Table of Contents.
4411 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4413 Certain classes start with
4427 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4437 This is something you can change.
4440 \begin_layout Standard
4443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4463 \begin_inset space ~
4467 \begin_inset space ~
4472 you'll see two counters.
4477 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4479 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4484 Short Titles of Headings
4488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4489 Section headings ! Short titles
4498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4507 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4514 \begin_layout Standard
4515 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4516 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4517 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4518 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4521 \begin_layout Standard
4522 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4523 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4524 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4525 To specify a short title, use the menu
4527 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4529 \begin_inset space ~
4535 This will insert a box labeled
4536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4551 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4552 This also works for captions inside floats.
4555 \begin_layout Standard
4556 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4559 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4563 \begin_layout Standard
4564 The following information applies to all section headings:
4567 \begin_layout Itemize
4568 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4571 \begin_layout Itemize
4572 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4575 \begin_layout Itemize
4576 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4579 \begin_layout Itemize
4580 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4583 \begin_layout Subsection
4584 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4587 \begin_layout Standard
4588 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4602 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4603 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4604 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4605 the text they contain.
4606 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4614 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4617 \begin_layout Standard
4618 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4627 when you start a new paragraph.
4628 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4632 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4633 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4634 to change back to the
4638 environment yourself.
4641 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4670 \begin_layout Standard
4671 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4672 time for the differences.
4681 are identical except for one difference:
4685 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4694 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4697 \begin_layout Standard
4698 Here's an example of the
4711 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4713 See -- no indentation!
4717 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4718 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4719 the other paragraph.
4722 \begin_layout Standard
4723 Here's another example, this time in the
4730 \begin_layout Quotation
4736 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4737 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4738 the first line, then
4742 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4746 you were quoting other text.
4749 \begin_layout Quotation
4750 Here's a new paragraph.
4751 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4752 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4755 \begin_layout Standard
4756 As the examples show,
4760 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4761 They should put quotes in the
4766 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4770 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4773 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4810 \begin_layout Standard
4815 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4821 \begin_inset Newline newline
4824 Which I did not rehearse!
4828 It could be much worse.
4829 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4831 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4832 indented a bit more than the first.
4833 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4839 \begin_inset Newline newline
4842 And make things look fine
4843 \begin_inset Newline newline
4853 \begin_layout Standard
4858 does not indent both margins.
4859 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4860 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4871 \begin_layout Subsection
4876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4883 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4892 \begin_layout Standard
4893 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4903 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4912 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4913 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4914 some general features of all four of them.
4917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4921 \begin_layout Standard
4922 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4924 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4933 reset the environment to
4937 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4938 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
4939 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4944 to break paragraphs.
4947 \begin_layout Standard
4948 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4949 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4951 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4952 you read all of section
4953 \begin_inset space ~
4957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4959 reference "sec:Nesting"
4967 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4992 \begin_layout Standard
4993 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4997 paragraph environment.
4998 It has the following properties:
5001 \begin_layout Itemize
5002 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5006 \begin_layout Itemize
5007 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5010 \begin_layout Itemize
5011 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5015 \begin_layout Itemize
5016 The items can have any length.
5017 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5018 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5025 \begin_layout Itemize
5030 environment inside another
5034 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5038 \begin_layout Itemize
5039 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5042 \begin_layout Itemize
5043 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5046 \begin_layout Itemize
5048 \begin_inset space ~
5052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5054 reference "sec:Nesting"
5058 for a full explanation of nesting.
5062 \begin_layout Standard
5063 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5072 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5075 \begin_layout Standard
5076 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5077 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5078 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5081 \begin_layout Itemize
5082 The label for the first level
5086 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5090 \begin_layout Itemize
5091 The label for the second level is a dash.
5095 \begin_layout Itemize
5096 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5100 \begin_layout Itemize
5101 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5105 \begin_layout Itemize
5106 Back out to the third level.
5110 \begin_layout Itemize
5111 Back to the second level.
5115 \begin_layout Itemize
5116 Back to the outermost level.
5119 \begin_layout Standard
5120 These are the default labels for an
5125 You can customize these labels in the
5127 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5130 dialog in the submenu
5140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5150 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5151 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5153 \begin_inset space ~
5157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5159 reference "sec:Nesting"
5166 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5184 name "sec:Enumerate"
5191 \begin_layout Standard
5196 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5197 It has these properties:
5200 \begin_layout Enumerate
5201 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5205 \begin_layout Enumerate
5206 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5210 \begin_layout Enumerate
5211 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5214 \begin_layout Enumerate
5219 environment resets the counter to one.
5222 \begin_layout Enumerate
5235 \begin_layout Enumerate
5236 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5237 Items can have any length.
5240 \begin_layout Enumerate
5241 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5244 \begin_layout Enumerate
5245 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5248 \begin_layout Enumerate
5249 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5253 \begin_layout Standard
5262 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5263 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5270 \begin_layout Enumerate
5271 The first level of an
5275 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5279 \begin_layout Enumerate
5280 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5284 \begin_layout Enumerate
5285 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5289 \begin_layout Enumerate
5290 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5293 \begin_layout Enumerate
5294 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5299 \begin_layout Enumerate
5300 Back to the third level
5304 \begin_layout Enumerate
5305 Back to the second level.
5309 \begin_layout Enumerate
5310 Back to the outermost level.
5313 \begin_layout Standard
5314 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5319 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5324 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5328 \begin_layout Standard
5329 There is more to nesting
5333 environments than we've stated here.
5334 You should read section
5335 \begin_inset space ~
5339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5341 reference "sec:Nesting"
5345 to learn more about nesting.
5348 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5366 \begin_layout Standard
5367 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5371 list has no fixed label.
5372 Instead, LyX uses the first
5373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5380 of the first line as the label.
5384 \begin_layout Description
5385 Example: This is an example of the
5392 \begin_layout Standard
5393 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5397 \begin_layout Standard
5399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5406 it is meant that the first hit of the
5410 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5412 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5423 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5424 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5426 \begin_inset space ~
5432 \begin_inset space ~
5436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5438 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5442 for more info.) Here is an example:
5445 \begin_layout Description
5447 \begin_inset space ~
5450 Example: This one shows how to use a
5453 \begin_inset space ~
5465 \begin_layout Description
5466 Usage: You should use the
5470 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5471 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5473 It's not a good idea to use a
5477 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5478 You're better off using
5490 paragraphs into them.
5493 \begin_layout Description
5494 Nesting: You can nest
5498 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5502 \begin_layout Standard
5503 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5504 them from the first line.
5507 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5525 \begin_layout Standard
5530 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5534 \begin_layout Standard
5543 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5544 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5547 \begin_layout Labeling
5548 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5550 \begin_inset space ~
5553 labels LyX uses the first
5554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5561 of each line as the item label.
5566 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5567 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5568 blank as described above.
5571 \begin_layout Labeling
5572 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5573 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5574 the body of the item text.
5575 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5576 label width plus a little extra space.
5580 \begin_layout Labeling
5581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5583 \begin_inset space ~
5586 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5588 If the label width is larger, the label
5589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5596 into the first line.
5597 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5598 margin of the rest of the item text.
5601 \begin_layout Labeling
5602 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5604 \begin_inset space ~
5607 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5612 environment have the same left margin.
5613 \begin_inset Newline newline
5616 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5619 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5621 \begin_inset space ~
5630 \begin_inset space ~
5635 determines the default label width.
5636 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5645 multiple times instead.
5646 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5655 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5658 \begin_inset space ~
5663 every time you alter a label in a
5668 \begin_inset Newline newline
5671 The predefined default width is the length of
5672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5681 \begin_inset Newline newline
5685 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5693 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5694 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5702 \begin_layout Standard
5707 environment the same way like the
5711 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5717 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5721 \begin_layout Standard
5726 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5728 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5730 \begin_inset space ~
5734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5736 reference "sec:Nesting"
5740 to learn about nesting.
5743 \begin_layout Standard
5744 There is yet another feature of the
5748 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5750 You can use additional
5754 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5759 are documented in section
5760 \begin_inset space ~
5764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5766 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5771 Here are some examples:
5774 \begin_layout Labeling
5775 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5776 Left The default for
5783 \begin_layout Labeling
5784 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5785 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5792 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5795 \begin_layout Labeling
5796 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5797 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5801 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5808 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5811 \begin_layout Subsection
5816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5825 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5833 \begin_inset space ~
5841 \begin_layout Standard
5842 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5850 \begin_inset space ~
5856 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5857 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5858 In contrast, you can use the
5865 \begin_inset space ~
5870 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5871 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5875 \begin_layout Standard
5876 Of course, you're not limited to using
5883 \begin_inset space ~
5892 \begin_inset space ~
5897 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5898 some European academic papers.
5901 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5905 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5912 \begin_layout Standard
5917 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5918 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5922 \begin_inset space ~
5927 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5928 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5929 Here's an example of each:
5932 \begin_layout Right Address
5934 \begin_inset Newline newline
5938 \begin_inset Newline newline
5942 \begin_inset Newline newline
5945 When is it? What is today?
5948 \begin_layout Standard
5952 \begin_inset space ~
5958 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5959 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5960 Here's an example of the
5967 \begin_layout Address
5969 \begin_inset Newline newline
5972 Where do I send this
5973 \begin_inset Newline newline
5976 Your post office and country
5979 \begin_layout Standard
5980 As you can see, both
5987 \begin_inset space ~
5992 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5997 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6003 This makes sense, since
6011 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6012 Thus, you have to use
6023 \begin_inset space ~
6026 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6028 \begin_inset space ~
6037 menu) to start a new line in an
6044 \begin_inset space ~
6052 \begin_layout Subsection
6056 \begin_layout Standard
6057 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6058 or list of references.
6059 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6062 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6078 \begin_layout Standard
6083 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6084 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6085 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6086 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6090 in anything else or vice versa.
6096 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6097 The book document classes ignores the
6101 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6105 in a letter document class.
6108 \begin_layout Standard
6113 environment does several things for you.
6114 First, it puts the centered label
6115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6123 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6125 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6126 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6127 the subsequent text.
6128 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6129 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6132 \begin_layout Standard
6133 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6137 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6138 The new paragraph will still be in the
6143 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6144 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6147 \begin_layout Standard
6148 \begin_inset Float figure
6153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6155 \begin_inset Graphics
6156 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6165 \begin_inset Caption
6167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6170 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6191 \begin_layout Standard
6192 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6196 environment, but since this document is in the
6197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6204 class, we can't do this.
6205 We inserted it therefore as figure
6206 \begin_inset space ~
6210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6212 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6217 If you've never heard of an
6218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6225 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6228 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6246 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6253 \begin_layout Standard
6258 environment is used to list references.
6259 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6260 only use it at the end of the document.
6265 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6268 \begin_layout Standard
6269 When you first open a
6273 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6289 depending on the document class.
6290 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6291 Each paragraph of the
6295 environment is a bibliography entry.
6300 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6301 Each new paragraph is still in the
6308 \begin_layout Standard
6309 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6310 by using a BibTeX database.
6311 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6312 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6313 \begin_inset space ~
6317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6319 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6326 \begin_layout Subsection
6333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6334 Paragraph ! LyX code
6340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6349 \begin_layout Standard
6354 environment is another LyX extension.
6355 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6360 key as a fixed whitespace;
6364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6376 \begin_inset space ~
6381 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6386 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6387 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6405 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6406 So, when you finish using the
6410 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6411 Also, you can nest the
6415 environment inside of others.
6418 \begin_layout Standard
6419 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6422 \begin_layout Itemize
6427 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6439 \begin_layout Itemize
6452 \begin_layout Itemize
6457 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6464 \begin_layout Itemize
6473 \begin_layout Itemize
6474 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6475 You must put at least one
6479 in any line you want blank.
6480 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6483 \begin_layout Itemize
6484 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6488 since that will insert
6493 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6501 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6504 \begin_layout Standard
6508 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6512 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6516 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6520 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6524 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6525 printf("Hello World!
6530 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6534 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6538 \begin_layout Standard
6539 This is just the standard
6540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6551 \begin_layout Standard
6556 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6557 rc-files, and so on.
6558 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6559 as if you used a typewriter.
6563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6564 Paragraph environments|)
6572 \begin_layout Section
6573 Nesting Environments
6577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6578 Nesting ! Environments
6584 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6593 \begin_layout Subsection
6597 \begin_layout Standard
6598 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6600 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6602 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6604 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6616 \begin_layout Enumerate
6620 \begin_layout Enumerate
6625 \begin_layout Enumerate
6629 \begin_layout Enumerate
6634 \begin_layout Enumerate
6638 \begin_layout Standard
6639 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6640 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6643 \begin_inset space ~
6647 \begin_inset space ~
6655 \begin_inset space ~
6659 \begin_inset space ~
6668 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6669 will tell you how far you are nested).
6670 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6671 \begin_inset Graphics
6672 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6677 \begin_inset Graphics
6678 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6682 or the convenient key bindings
6698 to change the nesting level.
6699 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6700 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6704 \begin_layout Standard
6705 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6706 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6707 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6708 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6711 \begin_layout Standard
6712 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6713 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6715 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6718 \begin_layout Subsection
6719 What You Can and Can't Nest
6722 \begin_layout Standard
6723 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6724 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6727 \begin_layout Standard
6728 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6729 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6730 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6734 Completely unnestable
6737 \begin_layout Itemize
6738 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6739 other things inside of them.
6742 \begin_layout Itemize
6743 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6747 \begin_layout Standard
6748 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6749 environments have them:
6752 \begin_layout Description
6753 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6754 Can't nest into them.
6758 \begin_layout Itemize
6764 \begin_layout Itemize
6770 \begin_layout Itemize
6776 \begin_layout Itemize
6782 \begin_layout Itemize
6789 \begin_layout Description
6791 \begin_inset space ~
6794 Nestable You can nest them.
6795 You can nest other things into them.
6799 \begin_layout Itemize
6805 \begin_layout Itemize
6811 \begin_layout Itemize
6817 \begin_layout Itemize
6823 \begin_layout Itemize
6829 \begin_layout Itemize
6835 \begin_layout Itemize
6841 \begin_layout Itemize
6848 \begin_layout Description
6849 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6850 You can't nest anything into them.
6854 \begin_layout Itemize
6860 \begin_layout Itemize
6866 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6878 \begin_layout Itemize
6884 \begin_layout Itemize
6890 \begin_layout Itemize
6896 \begin_layout Itemize
6902 \begin_layout Itemize
6908 \begin_layout Itemize
6914 \begin_layout Itemize
6920 \begin_layout Itemize
6926 \begin_layout Itemize
6932 \begin_layout Itemize
6936 \begin_inset space ~
6942 \begin_layout Itemize
6949 \begin_layout Standard
6950 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6958 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6967 \begin_inset space ~
6971 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6975 \begin_inset space ~
6978 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6979 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6980 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6988 \begin_layout Subsection
6989 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6994 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7002 \begin_layout Standard
7003 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7004 affected by nesting anyhow.
7008 \begin_layout Itemize
7012 \begin_layout Itemize
7016 \begin_layout Itemize
7020 \begin_layout Standard
7022 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7030 Figures and tables in
7034 are not affected by this.
7039 Have a look at section
7040 \begin_inset space ~
7044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7046 reference "sec:Floats"
7050 for more informations about
7057 \begin_layout Standard
7058 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7059 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7063 \begin_layout Standard
7064 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7072 of its own, it behaves just like a
7073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7080 paragraph environment.
7081 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7085 \begin_layout Standard
7086 Here's an example with a table:
7089 \begin_layout Enumerate
7094 \begin_layout Enumerate
7095 This is (a) and it's nested.
7099 \begin_layout Standard
7100 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7106 \begin_layout Standard
7108 \begin_inset Tabular
7109 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7111 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7112 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7196 \begin_layout Standard
7197 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7204 \begin_layout Enumerate
7206 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7210 \begin_layout Enumerate
7214 \begin_layout Standard
7215 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7223 \begin_layout Enumerate
7224 This is (a) and it's nested.
7228 \begin_layout Standard
7229 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7235 \begin_layout Standard
7237 \begin_inset Tabular
7238 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7240 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7241 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7325 \begin_layout Standard
7326 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7332 \begin_layout Enumerate
7339 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7342 \begin_layout Enumerate
7346 \begin_layout Standard
7347 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7351 \begin_layout Standard
7352 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7354 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7357 \begin_layout Enumerate
7362 \begin_layout Enumerate
7363 This is (a) and it's nested.
7366 \begin_layout Standard
7367 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7373 \begin_layout Standard
7375 \begin_inset Tabular
7376 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7378 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7379 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7463 \begin_layout Standard
7464 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7470 \begin_layout Enumerate
7472 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7480 \begin_layout Enumerate
7484 \begin_layout Standard
7485 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7491 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7492 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7496 \begin_layout Subsection
7497 Usage and General Features
7500 \begin_layout Standard
7501 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7510 is the innermost possible depth.
7511 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7514 \begin_layout Enumerate
7515 level #1 - outermost
7519 \begin_layout Enumerate
7524 \begin_layout Enumerate
7529 \begin_layout Enumerate
7534 \begin_layout Itemize
7539 \begin_layout Itemize
7548 \begin_layout Standard
7549 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7550 both of them in the example.
7551 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7561 For example, if we tried to nest another
7566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7576 \begin_layout Subsection
7581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7590 \begin_layout Standard
7591 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7592 We have several examples of nested environments.
7593 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7597 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7598 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7601 \begin_layout Labeling
7602 \labelwidthstring MMM
7603 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7612 \begin_layout Labeling
7613 \labelwidthstring MMM
7614 #2-a This is level #2.
7615 We created it by using
7627 \begin_layout Labeling
7628 \labelwidthstring MMM
7629 #3-a This is level #3.
7630 This time, we just hit
7639 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7652 \begin_layout Standard
7657 environment, nested inside of
7658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7666 So, it's at level #4.
7667 We did this by hitting
7675 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7680 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7696 \begin_layout Standard
7701 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7708 \begin_layout Labeling
7709 \labelwidthstring MMM
7710 #4-a This is level #4.
7715 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7720 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7724 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7729 keep nesting things inside of
7730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7741 \begin_layout Labeling
7742 \labelwidthstring MMM
7743 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7748 \begin_layout Labeling
7749 \labelwidthstring MMM
7750 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7751 and this is level #6.
7752 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7756 \begin_layout Labeling
7757 \labelwidthstring MMM
7758 #5-b Back to level #5.
7771 \begin_layout Labeling
7772 \labelwidthstring MMM
7781 , we're back at level #4.
7785 \begin_layout Labeling
7786 \labelwidthstring MMM
7787 #3-b Back to level #3.
7788 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7792 \begin_layout Labeling
7793 \labelwidthstring MMM
7794 #2-b Back to level #2.
7799 \begin_layout Labeling
7800 \labelwidthstring MMM
7801 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7802 After this sentence, we'll hit
7806 and change the paragraph environment back to
7813 \begin_layout Standard
7814 We could have also used the
7830 environment in place of the
7835 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7838 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7839 Example 2: Inheritance
7842 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7843 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7846 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7856 , after which, we'll change to the
7864 \begin_layout Enumerate
7869 environment, at level #2.
7872 \begin_layout Enumerate
7873 Notice how the nested
7877 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7881 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7885 \begin_layout Standard
7886 We ended this example by hitting
7891 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7895 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7902 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7903 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7916 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7924 \begin_layout Enumerate
7925 This is level #1, in an
7929 paragraph environment.
7930 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7934 \begin_layout Enumerate
7945 Now, what happens if we nest an
7949 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7950 label be? An asterisk?
7954 \begin_layout Itemize
7964 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7965 So, its label is a bullet.
7966 (We got here by using
7974 , then changing the environment to
7982 \begin_layout Itemize
7983 Here's level #4, produced using
7992 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7997 \begin_layout Enumerate
7998 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8000 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8005 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8009 , because we are in the
8033 \begin_layout Enumerate
8038 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8039 type of numbering does LyX use?
8042 \begin_layout Enumerate
8043 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8047 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8050 \begin_layout Enumerate
8055 to decrease the depth after the next
8063 \begin_layout Enumerate
8065 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8069 \begin_layout Enumerate
8071 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8072 numeral as the label.Why?
8075 \begin_layout Enumerate
8076 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8085 Notice, however, that LyX
8089 reset the counter for the label.
8093 \begin_layout Enumerate
8102 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8103 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8104 into the twofold-nested
8112 \begin_layout Enumerate
8113 The same thing happens if we do another
8121 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8124 \begin_layout Standard
8125 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8130 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8144 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8150 The same rule applies for the
8154 environment, as well.
8157 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8158 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8161 \begin_layout Enumerate
8162 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8163 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8164 same detail with how we did it.
8173 \begin_layout Standard
8176 Return, Shift-Alt-Right, Standard
8178 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8179 example in parentheses someplace.
8180 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8181 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8182 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8186 \begin_layout Enumerate
8191 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8196 Now we'll add verse.
8197 \begin_inset Newline newline
8200 It will get much worse.
8201 \begin_inset Newline newline
8206 Return, Shift-Alt-Right, Verse
8212 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8213 \begin_inset Newline newline
8216 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8217 \begin_inset Newline newline
8230 \begin_layout Standard
8231 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8237 \begin_layout Standard
8239 \begin_inset Tabular
8240 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8242 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8243 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8331 Alt-Return, Table, Shift-Alt-Right
8335 Alt-Return, Verse, Shift-Alt-Left
8341 \begin_layout Enumerate
8346 : level #1) This is another item.
8347 Note that selecting a
8351 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8352 3 times to put the table inside the
8360 \begin_layout Quotation
8361 We're now ending the
8365 list and changing to
8370 We're still at level #1.
8371 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8372 The next set of paragraphs is a
8373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8387 \begin_inset space ~
8392 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8396 for the letter body.
8401 to preserve the depth.
8402 Remember that you need to use
8406 to create multiple lines inside the
8413 \begin_inset space ~
8423 \begin_layout Right Address
8425 \begin_inset Newline newline
8428 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8429 \begin_inset Newline newline
8435 \begin_layout Address
8437 \begin_inset space ~
8443 \begin_layout Quotation
8444 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8448 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8449 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8450 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8451 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8452 as soon as possible.
8453 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8456 \begin_layout Quotation
8457 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8458 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8459 with your order, along with payment.
8462 \begin_layout Quotation
8463 We thank you again for your patience.
8466 \begin_layout Address
8468 \begin_inset Newline newline
8475 \begin_layout Quotation
8476 That ends that example!
8479 \begin_layout Standard
8480 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8481 just a few keystrokes.
8482 We could have easily nested an
8503 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8506 \begin_layout Section
8507 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8520 \begin_layout Standard
8521 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8522 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8523 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8524 be broken at the end of a line.
8525 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8529 \begin_layout Subsection
8531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8533 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8550 \begin_layout Standard
8551 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8553 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8557 Further documentation is given in section
8558 \begin_inset Newline newline
8562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8564 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8572 \begin_layout Standard
8573 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8588 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8597 A protected space is set with
8599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8600 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8604 \begin_inset space ~
8618 \begin_layout Subsection
8620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8622 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8631 Spacing ! Horizontal
8639 \begin_layout Standard
8640 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8642 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8643 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8647 The length units are listed in Appendix
8648 \begin_inset space ~
8652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8654 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8665 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8684 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8688 \begin_inset space \space{}
8691 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8692 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8693 \begin_inset space ~
8697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8699 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8704 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8705 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8712 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8716 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8733 \begin_layout Standard
8735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8742 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8751 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8752 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8753 inside abbreviations:
8758 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8762 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 \begin_inset space \space{}
8773 \begin_layout Standard
8774 or between values and units.
8775 Compare for example this:
8776 \begin_inset Newline newline
8780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8784 \begin_inset Newline newline
8790 \begin_layout Standard
8791 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8793 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8794 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8796 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8812 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8819 \begin_layout Standard
8820 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8823 \begin_layout Description
8825 \begin_inset space ~
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8833 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8837 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8841 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8844 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8847 \begin_layout Description
8849 \begin_inset space ~
8853 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8857 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8861 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8865 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8869 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8872 em) space between the arrows.
8875 \begin_layout Description
8877 \begin_inset space ~
8881 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8885 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8889 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8893 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8897 \begin_inset space ~
8901 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8904 em) space between the arrows.
8907 \begin_layout Description
8909 \begin_inset space ~
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8917 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8921 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8925 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8929 \begin_inset space ~
8933 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8936 em) space between the arrows.
8939 \begin_layout Description
8941 \begin_inset space ~
8945 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8949 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8954 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8958 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8961 cm space between the arrows.
8964 \begin_layout Standard
8966 \begin_inset space ~
8970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8972 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8976 lists the different space sizes.
8979 \begin_layout Standard
8980 \begin_inset Float table
8985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8987 \begin_inset Caption
8989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8992 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8996 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9006 \begin_inset Tabular
9007 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9009 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9050 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9074 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9098 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9206 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9227 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9245 \begin_layout Standard
9246 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9247 in a uniform fashion.
9248 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9249 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9250 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9251 equally between themselves.
9255 \begin_layout Standard
9256 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9261 This is on the left side
9262 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9265 This is on the right
9271 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9275 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9284 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9288 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9292 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9298 \begin_layout Standard
9299 That was an example in the
9305 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9309 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9313 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9316 is one in a standard paragraph.
9317 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9321 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9324 \begin_layout Standard
9325 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9328 \begin_inset space ~
9333 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9336 \begin_layout Standard
9338 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9342 \begin_inset space ~
9348 \begin_layout Standard
9350 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9354 \begin_inset space ~
9360 \begin_layout Standard
9362 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9366 \begin_inset space ~
9372 \begin_layout Standard
9374 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9378 \begin_inset space ~
9384 \begin_layout Standard
9386 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9390 \begin_inset space ~
9396 \begin_layout Standard
9398 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9402 \begin_inset space ~
9408 \begin_layout Standard
9409 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9417 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9421 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9422 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9423 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9427 option in the space dialog.
9435 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9449 \begin_layout Standard
9450 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9452 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9455 \begin_layout Standard
9456 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9459 What is correct English?:
9460 \begin_inset Newline newline
9464 \begin_inset Newline newline
9468 \begin_inset space ~
9471 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9472 \begin_inset Newline newline
9479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9490 \begin_inset Newline newline
9497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9508 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9514 \begin_layout Standard
9515 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9520 \begin_inset space ~
9524 \begin_inset space ~
9528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9532 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9550 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9554 for more information about TeX-Code.
9560 In our case write the command
9567 (note the space after
9568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9575 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9576 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9577 That is why it is named
9578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9590 There exists also the commands
9602 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9603 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9604 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9606 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9618 \begin_layout Subsection
9620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9622 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9639 \begin_layout Standard
9640 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9642 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9643 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9645 \begin_inset space ~
9651 There you find the following sizes:
9654 \begin_layout Standard
9667 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9672 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9674 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9687 for the paragraph separation.
9688 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9699 \begin_layout Standard
9708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9714 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9715 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9717 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9718 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9727 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9736 s are described in section
9737 \begin_inset space ~
9741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9743 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9752 If there are several
9756 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9757 You can therefore use
9761 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9764 \begin_layout Standard
9769 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9770 \begin_inset space ~
9774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9776 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9783 \begin_layout Standard
9784 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9794 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9795 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9807 \begin_layout Subsection
9811 \begin_layout Standard
9812 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9814 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9818 There are four possibilities:
9821 \begin_layout Itemize
9827 \begin_layout Itemize
9833 \begin_layout Itemize
9839 \begin_layout Itemize
9845 \begin_layout Standard
9846 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9847 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9848 the left and right margins.
9849 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9852 \begin_layout Standard
9854 This paragraph is right aligned,
9857 \begin_layout Standard
9859 this one is centered,
9862 \begin_layout Standard
9864 this one is left aligned.
9867 \begin_layout Subsection
9872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9873 Page breaks ! Forced
9879 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9881 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
9888 \begin_layout Standard
9889 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9890 can force a page break where you want one.
9891 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
9892 Only if you use many
9896 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9899 \begin_layout Standard
9900 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9901 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9905 have to change the page breaking.
9908 \begin_layout Standard
9909 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9911 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9913 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9914 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9916 \begin_inset space ~
9922 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9924 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9925 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9927 \begin_inset space ~
9932 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9934 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
9935 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9938 \begin_layout Standard
9939 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
9940 at the top of a page.
9941 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9942 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9943 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9944 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9948 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9959 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9963 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
9971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9980 \begin_layout Standard
9981 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9982 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9983 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9984 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9985 if necessary by adding pages.
9988 \begin_layout Standard
9989 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
9991 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9992 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9994 \begin_inset space ~
10000 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10002 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10003 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10005 \begin_inset space ~
10009 \begin_inset space ~
10014 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10015 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10018 \begin_layout Subsection
10023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10032 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10039 \begin_layout Standard
10040 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10042 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10044 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10045 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10047 \begin_inset space ~
10051 \begin_inset space ~
10061 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10063 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10064 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10066 \begin_inset space ~
10070 \begin_inset space ~
10075 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10077 This is necessary to avoid
10078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10085 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10088 \begin_layout Standard
10089 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10090 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10091 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10092 set a line break, e.g.
10093 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10094 \begin_inset space ~
10098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10100 reference "sec:Quote"
10105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10107 reference "sec:Verse"
10112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10114 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10121 \begin_layout Subsection
10123 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10125 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10142 \begin_layout Standard
10147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10148 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10150 \begin_inset space ~
10155 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10161 \begin_layout Section
10162 Characters and Symbols
10165 \begin_layout Standard
10166 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10167 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10172 \begin_inset space ~
10175 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10183 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10187 for informations how this is done.
10190 \begin_layout Standard
10191 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10196 dialog via the menu
10198 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10199 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10205 \begin_layout Standard
10206 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10214 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10215 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10216 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10224 \begin_layout Section
10225 Fonts and Text Styles
10226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10228 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10235 \begin_layout Subsection
10240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10249 \begin_layout Standard
10250 There are two types of fonts:
10253 \begin_layout Description
10255 \begin_inset space ~
10262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10268 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10269 characters) in the font.
10270 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10271 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10272 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10273 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10274 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10275 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10276 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10277 provide a good image.
10278 \begin_inset Newline newline
10281 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10282 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10283 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10284 sizes than at small ones.
10285 \begin_inset Newline newline
10299 \begin_inset space ~
10307 \begin_layout Description
10309 \begin_inset space ~
10316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10322 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10323 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10324 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10325 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10326 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10327 picture manipulation program.
10328 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10329 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10330 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10331 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10332 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10334 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10335 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10336 \begin_inset Newline newline
10339 Bitmap fonts are named
10342 \begin_inset space ~
10347 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10350 \begin_layout Standard
10351 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10352 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10353 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10354 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10355 use scalable fonts.
10358 \begin_layout Standard
10359 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10360 its document properties.
10363 \begin_layout Standard
10364 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10365 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10366 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10367 font to emphasize text, you use an
10368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10376 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10377 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10381 \begin_layout Subsection
10382 Document Font and Font size
10383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10385 name "sub:Document-Font"
10393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10412 \begin_layout Standard
10413 You can set the document fonts in the
10415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10423 Document ! Settings
10429 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10430 font shapes roman (serif),
10433 \begin_inset space ~
10445 \begin_layout Standard
10446 The possible options for the font include
10450 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10455 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10477 European Computer Modern
10480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10490 \begin_layout Standard
10499 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10500 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10505 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10508 \begin_inset space ~
10513 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10519 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10520 There are three ways to use one:
10523 \begin_layout Itemize
10524 One way is to use the
10534 Virtual means that it
10535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10546 -glyphs from other fonts.
10547 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10569 Loading the LaTeX-package
10577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10578 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10583 with the document preamble line
10586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10591 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10595 will fix the guillemet problem.
10600 and that accented characters are not
10604 glyph, they are build of
10608 characters, the accent and the letter.
10609 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10613 fonts for words with accented characters.
10614 If you search for example for the French word
10615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10622 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10631 and not for the glyph
10632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10636 \begin_inset space ~
10640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10646 \begin_layout Itemize
10647 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10660 , consist of these three main font types
10663 \begin_inset space ~
10692 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10696 \begin_inset space ~
10703 as typewriter font.
10704 \begin_inset Newline newline
10707 The differences between roman,
10710 \begin_inset space ~
10719 fonts are explained in section
10720 \begin_inset space ~
10724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10726 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10731 \begin_inset Newline newline
10738 was originally designed for newspapers.
10739 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10740 into the small newspaper columns.
10745 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10748 \begin_layout Itemize
10749 The best solution is to use the
10758 These fonts were developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10762 as the default font.
10763 In most cases they look the same as
10771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10772 One difference is improved kerning for the
10785 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10796 \begin_layout Standard
10797 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10800 For the font size there are four possible values:
10817 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10820 \begin_layout Standard
10821 The font sizes are the
10826 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
10827 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10828 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10831 \begin_inset space ~
10837 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10838 \begin_inset space ~
10842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10844 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10851 \begin_layout Standard
10856 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
10857 a font to display the script characters.
10861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10862 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
10867 So this has no effect for the document language
10883 \begin_layout Standard
10884 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10888 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10896 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10900 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10901 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10902 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10904 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10907 dialog, see section
10908 \begin_inset space ~
10912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10914 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10926 \begin_layout Subsection
10927 Using Different Character Styles
10931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10950 \begin_layout Standard
10951 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10952 certain paragraph environments.
10953 LyX supports two character styles,
10962 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10966 \begin_layout Standard
10971 style, do one of the following:
10974 \begin_layout Itemize
10975 click on the toolbar button
10976 \begin_inset Graphics
10977 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10984 \begin_layout Itemize
10985 use the key binding
10988 \begin_inset space ~
10994 \begin_layout Standard
10995 These commands are all toggles.
11000 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11003 \begin_layout Standard
11004 One typically uses the
11008 style for proper names.
11010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11017 is the original author of LyX.
11018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11024 \begin_layout Standard
11025 A more widely used character style is the
11030 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11037 \begin_layout Itemize
11038 clicking on the toolbar button
11039 \begin_inset Graphics
11040 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11047 \begin_layout Itemize
11048 using the keybindings
11051 \begin_inset space ~
11057 \begin_layout Standard
11062 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11063 es use a different font.
11066 \begin_layout Standard
11067 We've been using the
11071 style all over the place in this document.
11072 Here's one more example:
11075 \begin_layout Quotation
11078 Don't overuse character styles!
11081 \begin_layout Standard
11082 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11083 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11084 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11085 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11089 \begin_layout Standard
11090 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11093 \begin_inset space ~
11100 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11102 \begin_inset space ~
11110 \begin_layout Subsection
11111 Fine-Tuning with the
11116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11118 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11135 \begin_layout Standard
11136 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11137 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11138 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11139 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11140 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11141 from ordinary dialog.
11144 \begin_layout Standard
11145 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11146 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11147 \begin_inset Newline newline
11150 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11151 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11154 \begin_layout Standard
11155 To use custom character styles, open the
11157 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11159 \begin_inset space ~
11165 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11166 font property which you can choose.
11167 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11170 \begin_inset space ~
11175 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11180 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11181 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11182 environments in a snap.
11185 \begin_layout Standard
11186 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11189 \begin_inset space ~
11201 \begin_layout Labeling
11202 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11216 The possible options are:
11220 \begin_layout Labeling
11221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11226 This is the Roman font family.
11227 Normally a serif font.
11228 It's also the default family.
11233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11245 \begin_inset space ~
11254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11262 \begin_inset Note Note
11265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11266 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11267 It is explained in section
11268 \begin_inset space ~
11272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11274 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11286 \begin_layout Labeling
11287 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11291 \begin_inset space ~
11298 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11317 \begin_inset space ~
11326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11336 \begin_layout Labeling
11337 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11344 This is the Typewriter font family.
11351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11363 \begin_inset space ~
11372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11385 \begin_layout Labeling
11386 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11391 This corresponds to the print weight.
11396 \begin_layout Labeling
11397 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11402 This is the Medium font series.
11403 It's also the default series.
11406 \begin_layout Labeling
11407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11414 This is the Bold font series.
11421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11433 \begin_inset space ~
11442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11453 \begin_layout Labeling
11454 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11459 As the name implies.
11464 \begin_layout Labeling
11465 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11470 This is the Upright font shape.
11471 It's also the default shape.
11474 \begin_layout Labeling
11475 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11489 s the Italic font shape
11495 \begin_layout Labeling
11496 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11503 This is the Slanted font shape
11505 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11508 \begin_layout Labeling
11509 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11513 \begin_inset space ~
11520 This is the Small caps font shape
11527 \begin_layout Labeling
11528 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11533 Alters the size of the font.
11534 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11535 nal to the document font size.
11536 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11537 what you want to do.
11542 \begin_layout Labeling
11543 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11577 \begin_inset space ~
11586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11609 \begin_inset space ~
11618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11628 \begin_layout Labeling
11629 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11663 \begin_inset space ~
11672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11682 \begin_layout Labeling
11683 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11717 \begin_inset space ~
11726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11749 \begin_inset space ~
11758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11768 \begin_layout Labeling
11769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11803 \begin_inset space ~
11812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11835 \begin_inset space ~
11844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11854 \begin_layout Labeling
11855 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11869 It's also the default size.
11874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11886 \begin_inset space ~
11895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11918 \begin_inset space ~
11927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11937 \begin_layout Labeling
11938 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11972 \begin_inset space ~
11981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12004 \begin_inset space ~
12013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12023 \begin_layout Labeling
12024 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12058 \begin_inset space ~
12067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12090 \begin_inset space ~
12099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12109 \begin_layout Labeling
12110 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12144 \begin_inset space ~
12153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12163 \begin_layout Labeling
12164 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12198 \begin_inset space ~
12207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12230 \begin_inset space ~
12239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12249 \begin_layout Labeling
12250 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12284 \begin_inset space ~
12293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12316 \begin_inset space ~
12325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12336 \begin_layout Standard
12341 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12342 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12343 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12344 - use that instead.
12345 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12348 \begin_layout Labeling
12349 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12354 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12359 \begin_layout Labeling
12360 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12367 This is text with emphasize on
12370 This might seem like the same as
12374 , but it is actually a bit different.
12380 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12382 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12385 \begin_layout Labeling
12386 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12393 This is text with Underbar on.
12400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12412 \begin_inset space ~
12421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12431 \begin_inset Newline newline
12436 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12437 when you couldn't change fonts.
12438 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12439 It's only included in LyX because some people
12443 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12446 \begin_layout Labeling
12447 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12454 This is text with Noun on.
12461 , this is a logical attribute.
12462 Normally it's equivalent to
12465 \begin_inset space ~
12474 \begin_layout Labeling
12475 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12480 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12481 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12485 \begin_inset space ~
12490 , which is the default
12491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12498 and means normally black, you can choose between
12534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12543 \begin_layout Labeling
12544 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12549 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12550 the language of the document.
12551 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12555 \begin_layout Standard
12556 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12557 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12559 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12561 \begin_inset space ~
12566 dialog, the settings are saved.
12567 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12568 \begin_inset Graphics
12569 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12574 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12575 when the dialog isn't visible.
12579 \begin_layout Standard
12580 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12583 \begin_inset space ~
12589 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12590 (suppose you just set the shape to
12591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12609 \begin_inset space ~
12621 \begin_layout Standard
12622 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12630 \begin_inset space ~
12642 \begin_layout Itemize
12648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12655 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12673 \begin_inset Newline newline
12680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12705 \begin_inset Note Note
12708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12709 For more on phantoms see section
12710 \begin_inset space ~
12714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12716 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12726 \begin_inset Newline newline
12732 \begin_layout Itemize
12737 fonts use characters with serifs.
12738 These are the small
12739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12746 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12747 The following example will show the difference:
12748 \begin_inset Newline newline
12752 \begin_inset Newline newline
12757 text without serifs
12760 \begin_inset Newline newline
12763 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12764 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12771 \begin_layout Itemize
12777 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12778 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12781 \begin_layout Standard
12782 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12783 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12786 \begin_layout Section
12787 Printing and Previewing
12790 \begin_layout Subsection
12794 \begin_layout Standard
12795 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12796 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12797 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12798 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12799 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12802 \begin_inset space ~
12810 \begin_layout Standard
12811 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12812 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12813 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12814 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12815 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12816 This happens in two stages:
12819 \begin_layout Enumerate
12820 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12821 generating a file with the extension,
12822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12836 \begin_layout Enumerate
12837 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12841 file to produce printable output.
12845 \begin_layout Subsection
12846 Output file formats
12850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12859 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12866 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12872 File formats ! ASCII
12880 \begin_layout Standard
12881 This file type has the extension
12882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12894 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12898 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12905 \begin_layout Standard
12906 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12908 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12909 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12915 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12921 File formats ! LaTeX
12929 \begin_layout Standard
12930 This file type has the extension
12931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12942 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12944 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12945 it manually with console commands.
12946 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12947 you view or export your document.
12950 \begin_layout Standard
12951 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12953 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12954 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12971 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12985 \begin_layout Standard
12986 This file type has the extension
12987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13007 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13008 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13009 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
13011 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13015 \begin_layout Standard
13016 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13024 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
13025 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13030 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
13031 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13032 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
13033 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13036 \begin_layout Standard
13037 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13039 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13040 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13046 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13052 File formats ! PostScript
13060 \begin_layout Standard
13061 This file type has the extension
13062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13074 PostScript was developed by the company
13078 as printer language.
13079 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13081 PostScript can be seen as
13082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13085 programming language
13086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13089 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13094 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
13103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13104 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13114 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13117 \begin_layout Standard
13118 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13122 Encapsulated PostScript
13123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13126 (EPS, file extension
13127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13139 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13140 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13141 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
13142 whenever you view or export your document.
13143 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13144 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13145 EPS to avoid this problem.
13148 \begin_layout Standard
13149 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13151 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13152 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13158 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13182 \begin_layout Standard
13183 This file type has the extension
13184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13200 Portable Document Format
13201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13204 (PDF) is developed by
13208 as derivative from PostScript.
13209 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13218 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13219 looks exactly the same.
13222 \begin_layout Standard
13223 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13227 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13231 (JPG, file extension
13232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13259 Portable Network Graphics
13260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13263 (PNG, file extension
13264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13276 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13277 in the background to one of these formats.
13278 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13279 will slow down your workflow.
13280 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13283 \begin_layout Standard
13284 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13286 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13289 in three different ways:
13292 \begin_layout Description
13293 PDF This uses the program
13297 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13298 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13302 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13303 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13306 \begin_layout Description
13308 \begin_inset space ~
13311 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13315 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13319 \begin_layout Description
13321 \begin_inset space ~
13324 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13328 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13331 \begin_layout Standard
13332 We recommend to use
13335 \begin_inset space ~
13344 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13350 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13353 \begin_layout Subsection
13358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13367 \begin_layout Standard
13368 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13369 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13373 and choose a file type.
13374 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13377 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13380 you can use the toolbar button
13381 \begin_inset Graphics
13382 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13392 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13394 \begin_inset space ~
13400 \begin_inset Graphics
13401 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13407 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13411 \begin_inset Graphics
13412 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13423 \begin_layout Standard
13424 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13425 viewer window using the menu
13427 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13433 \begin_layout Standard
13434 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13436 To have a real output, export your document.
13439 \begin_layout Subsection
13440 Printing the File from within LyX
13441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13443 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13450 \begin_layout Standard
13451 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13452 it directly from within LyX.
13453 To print a file, select the menu
13455 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13458 or click on the toolbar button
13459 \begin_inset Graphics
13460 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13465 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13466 This file is then processed by the program
13470 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13475 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13478 \begin_layout Standard
13479 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13480 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13481 printing one set to print on the other side.
13482 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13483 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13484 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13487 \begin_layout Standard
13488 You can set the parameters in the
13491 \begin_inset space ~
13499 \begin_layout Labeling
13500 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13505 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13510 Note that this printer name is for the program
13519 has to be configured for this printer name.
13520 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13521 \begin_inset space ~
13525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13527 reference "sub:Printer"
13536 The printer should understand PostScript.
13539 \begin_layout Labeling
13540 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13545 The name of a file to print to.
13546 The output will be a PostScript file.
13547 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13551 \begin_layout Section
13552 A few Words about Typography
13556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13565 \begin_layout Subsection
13570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13579 \begin_layout Standard
13581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13592 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13607 \begin_layout Enumerate
13609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13613 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13631 \begin_layout Enumerate
13633 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13637 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13668 \begin_layout Enumerate
13670 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13674 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13718 \begin_layout Enumerate
13720 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13724 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13728 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_layout Standard
13747 You generate them by inserting the
13748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13759 character multiple times in a row.
13760 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13761 final output, but not in LyX.
13764 \begin_layout Standard
13765 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13766 math mode and has a length of its own.
13767 Here are some examples of the
13768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13782 \begin_layout Enumerate
13783 line- and page-breaks
13784 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13794 \begin_layout Enumerate
13796 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13806 \begin_layout Enumerate
13807 Oh --- there's a dash.
13808 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13818 \begin_layout Enumerate
13819 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13823 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13833 \begin_layout Subsection
13838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13845 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13847 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13854 \begin_layout Standard
13855 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13856 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13865 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13870 following the rules of the document language
13874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13875 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13883 \begin_inset space ~
13887 \begin_inset space ~
13894 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13905 \begin_layout Standard
13906 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13911 and with unusual constructs, like
13912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13920 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13921 This is done with the menu
13923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13924 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13926 \begin_inset space ~
13932 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13933 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13936 \begin_layout Standard
13937 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13938 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13939 a hyphen and a space in the form
13940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13948 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13956 as hyphenation possibility.
13957 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13958 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13959 of the LaTeX-box-command
13965 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13966 As LyX doesn't support
13972 , we have to use TeX Code.
13973 The result looks in LyX like:
13976 \begin_layout Standard
13977 \begin_inset Graphics
13978 filename clipart/mbox.png
13985 \begin_layout Standard
13986 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13987 \begin_inset space ~
13991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13993 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14000 \begin_layout Subsection
14005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14014 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14015 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14018 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14025 \begin_layout Standard
14026 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14027 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14028 LaTeX then adds the
14029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14032 appropriate amount of space
14033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14037 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14039 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14042 \begin_layout Standard
14043 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
14046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14057 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14058 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14061 \begin_layout Standard
14062 Here are some examples of
14066 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14069 \begin_layout Itemize
14074 \begin_layout Itemize
14079 \begin_layout Standard
14080 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14083 \begin_layout Itemize
14086 this is too much space!
14089 \begin_layout Itemize
14094 \begin_layout Standard
14095 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14098 \begin_layout Standard
14099 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14102 \begin_layout Enumerate
14106 \begin_inset space ~
14111 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14112 \begin_inset space ~
14116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14118 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14127 Spaces ! inter-word
14135 \begin_layout Enumerate
14139 \begin_inset space ~
14144 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14145 \begin_inset space ~
14149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14151 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14168 \begin_layout Enumerate
14172 \begin_inset space ~
14176 \begin_inset space ~
14180 \begin_inset space ~
14187 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14189 \begin_inset space ~
14194 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14195 This function is also bound to
14202 \begin_layout Standard
14203 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14206 \begin_layout Itemize
14208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14212 \begin_inset space \space{}
14215 this is too much space!
14218 \begin_layout Itemize
14219 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14223 \begin_layout Standard
14224 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14225 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14226 LaTeX will care about this.
14229 \begin_layout Standard
14230 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14234 \begin_inset space ~
14239 feature described in section
14250 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14256 Typography ! Quotes
14265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14296 \begin_layout Standard
14297 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14298 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14299 and use a closing quote at the end.
14301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14309 The keyboard character,
14313 , generates this automatically.
14316 \begin_layout Standard
14317 You can change the behavior of the
14321 key using the submenu
14327 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14335 Document ! Settings
14343 \begin_layout Standard
14344 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14349 There are six choices:
14352 \begin_layout Labeling
14353 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14365 Use quotes like this
14366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14374 \begin_inset Quotes els
14378 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14384 \begin_layout Labeling
14385 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14388 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14392 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14398 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14402 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14406 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14412 \begin_layout Labeling
14413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14416 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14420 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14426 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14430 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14434 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14438 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14444 \begin_layout Labeling
14445 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14448 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14452 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14458 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14462 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14466 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14470 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14476 \begin_layout Labeling
14477 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14480 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14484 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14490 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14494 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14498 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14502 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14508 \begin_layout Labeling
14509 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14512 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14516 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14522 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14526 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14530 \begin_inset Quotes als
14534 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14540 \begin_layout Standard
14541 These settings affects what character the
14548 \begin_layout Subsection
14553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14554 Typography ! Ligatures
14563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14594 name "sub:Ligatures"
14601 \begin_layout Standard
14602 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14603 print them as single characters.
14604 These groups are known as
14609 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14611 Here are the standard ligatures:
14614 \begin_layout Itemize
14618 \begin_layout Itemize
14622 \begin_layout Itemize
14626 \begin_layout Itemize
14630 \begin_layout Itemize
14634 \begin_layout Standard
14635 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14638 \begin_layout Standard
14639 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14640 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14648 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14664 To break a ligature, use
14666 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14667 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14669 \begin_inset space ~
14676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14687 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14704 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14712 \begin_layout Subsection
14717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14724 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14726 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14733 \begin_layout Standard
14734 You have surely noticed, that the word
14735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14742 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14743 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14744 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14764 \begin_inset Note Note
14767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14768 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14776 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14777 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14782 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14786 \begin_layout Description
14787 LyX The name of the game, write
14788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14809 \begin_layout Description
14810 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14832 \begin_layout Description
14833 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14855 \begin_layout Description
14856 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14878 \begin_layout Standard
14879 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14884 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14892 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14893 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14894 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14897 : The actual version is
14898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14905 , the previous one was
14906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14916 \begin_layout Standard
14917 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14918 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14920 This will look in LyX like:
14921 \begin_inset Graphics
14922 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14928 \begin_inset Newline newline
14931 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14932 \begin_inset space ~
14936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14938 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14945 \begin_layout Subsection
14950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14959 \begin_layout Standard
14960 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14961 space between two words.
14962 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14972 for units use the menu
14974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14975 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14977 \begin_inset space ~
14989 \begin_layout Standard
14990 Here's an example to show the differences:
14993 \begin_layout Standard
14994 \begin_inset Tabular
14995 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14997 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14998 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15005 \begin_inset space ~
15009 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15021 space between number and unit
15028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15033 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15037 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15049 half space between number and unit
15062 \begin_layout Subsection
15067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15068 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15076 \begin_layout Standard
15077 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15079 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15080 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15081 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15082 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15083 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15084 These bits of text became known as
15095 \begin_layout Standard
15096 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15097 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15098 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15099 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15100 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15101 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15102 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15105 \begin_layout Standard
15106 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15107 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15108 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15109 \begin_inset space ~
15113 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15115 key "latexcompanion"
15120 \begin_inset space ~
15124 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15130 ] may have more information.
15131 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15134 \begin_layout Chapter
15135 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15138 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15145 \begin_layout Standard
15146 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15151 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15154 \begin_layout Section
15159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15175 \begin_layout Standard
15176 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15179 \begin_layout Description
15181 \begin_inset space ~
15184 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15185 \begin_inset Newline newline
15189 \begin_inset Note Note
15192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15193 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15201 \begin_layout Description
15202 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15203 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15205 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15206 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15207 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15210 \begin_inset Newline newline
15214 \begin_inset Note Comment
15217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15218 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15226 \begin_layout Description
15228 \begin_inset space ~
15231 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15232 \begin_inset Newline newline
15236 \begin_inset Newline newline
15240 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15249 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15250 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15251 How this can be done is explained in the
15260 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15266 \begin_inset Newline newline
15270 \begin_inset Newline newline
15273 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15274 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15277 \begin_layout Standard
15278 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15279 \begin_inset Graphics
15280 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15282 scaleBeforeRotation
15288 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15292 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15295 \begin_layout Section
15300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15309 name "sec:Footnotes"
15316 \begin_layout Standard
15317 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15320 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15323 or the toolbar button
15324 \begin_inset Graphics
15325 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15338 \begin_inset Graphics
15339 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15348 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15377 label, the box will
15381 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15382 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15395 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15411 \begin_layout Standard
15412 Here's an example footnote:
15420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15421 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15429 \begin_layout Standard
15430 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15431 position where the footnote box is placed.
15432 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15433 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15434 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15435 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15436 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15441 ey are described in the
15448 \begin_layout Section
15453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15460 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15462 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15469 \begin_layout Standard
15470 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15471 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15473 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15475 \begin_inset space ~
15480 or the toolbar button
15481 \begin_inset Graphics
15482 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15509 appearing within your text.
15510 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15519 \begin_layout Standard
15520 At the side is an example marginal note.
15524 \begin_inset Marginal
15527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15528 This is a marginal note.
15536 \begin_layout Standard
15537 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15538 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15539 pages, right on odd pages.
15542 \begin_layout Section
15543 Graphics and Images
15547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15564 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15566 name "sec:Graphics"
15573 \begin_layout Standard
15574 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15575 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15576 \begin_inset Graphics
15577 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15587 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15590 \begin_layout Standard
15591 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15596 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15597 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15599 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15600 \begin_inset space ~
15604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15606 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15613 \begin_layout Standard
15618 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15619 of the image in the output.
15620 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15624 \begin_inset space ~
15628 \begin_inset space ~
15637 \begin_inset space ~
15641 \begin_inset space ~
15645 \begin_inset space ~
15650 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15651 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15659 \begin_layout Standard
15662 LaTeX and LyX options
15664 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15665 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15669 \begin_inset space ~
15674 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15675 with the image size is printed.
15679 \begin_inset space ~
15683 \begin_inset space ~
15687 \begin_inset space ~
15692 is explained in the
15703 \begin_layout Standard
15704 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15705 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15707 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15711 \begin_layout Standard
15713 \begin_inset Graphics
15714 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15716 rotateOrigin center
15723 \begin_layout Standard
15724 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15725 the image into a float, see section
15726 \begin_inset space ~
15730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15732 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15739 \begin_layout Subsection
15744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15753 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15760 \begin_layout Standard
15761 You can insert images in any known file format.
15762 But as we explained in section
15763 \begin_inset space ~
15767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15769 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15773 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15774 LyX uses therefore the program
15778 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15779 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15780 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15781 \begin_inset space ~
15785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15787 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15794 \begin_layout Standard
15795 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15798 \begin_layout Description
15800 \begin_inset space ~
15803 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15804 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15805 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15809 Graphics Interchange Format
15810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15813 (GIF, file extension
15814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15861 Portable Network Graphics
15862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15865 (PNG, file extension
15866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15913 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15917 (JPG, file extension
15918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15976 \begin_layout Description
15978 \begin_inset space ~
15981 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15983 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15984 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15985 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15986 \begin_inset Newline newline
15989 Scalable image formats can be
15990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15993 Scalable Vector Graphics
15994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15997 (SVG, file extension
15998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16045 Encapsulated PostScript
16046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16049 (EPS, file extension
16050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16097 Portable Document Format
16098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16101 (PDF, file extension
16102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16124 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16125 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16126 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16132 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16140 \begin_layout Standard
16141 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16145 \begin_layout Subsection
16146 Grouping of Image Settings
16150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16151 Images ! Settings grouping
16159 \begin_layout Standard
16160 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16162 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16163 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16165 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16166 need to manually change each of them.
16170 \begin_layout Standard
16171 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16174 \begin_inset space ~
16178 \begin_inset space ~
16183 field in the Graphics dialog.
16184 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16185 by checking the name of the desired group.
16188 \begin_layout Section
16193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16209 \begin_layout Standard
16210 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16211 \begin_inset Graphics
16212 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16223 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16224 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16225 from the rest of the table.
16226 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16227 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16229 Here's an example table:
16232 \begin_layout Standard
16234 \begin_inset Tabular
16235 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16237 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16238 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16239 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16240 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16440 \begin_layout Subsection
16444 \begin_layout Standard
16445 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16446 brings up the table dialog.
16447 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16448 where the cursor is placed currently.
16449 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16450 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16451 done on all of your selection.
16454 \begin_layout Standard
16455 Additionally to the table dialog the
16458 \begin_inset space ~
16463 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16465 It is for example currently only possible to add
16466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16470 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16473 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16476 \begin_layout Standard
16480 \begin_inset space ~
16485 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16486 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16487 current cell respectively.
16488 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16490 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16491 of text, see section
16492 \begin_inset space ~
16496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16498 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16505 \begin_layout Standard
16506 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16512 This will merge the cells to
16516 cell, spread over more than one column.
16517 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16518 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16519 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16520 in the last row without the upper border:
16523 \begin_layout Standard
16525 \begin_inset Tabular
16526 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16527 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16528 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16529 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16530 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16531 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16542 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16551 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16627 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16662 \begin_layout Standard
16663 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16664 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16665 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16666 explained in the tables section of the
16669 \begin_inset space ~
16675 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16676 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16679 degrees counterclockwise.
16680 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16683 \begin_layout Standard
16684 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16692 Most DVI-viewers are
16696 able to display rotations.
16704 \begin_layout Standard
16709 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16714 adds lines for all cell borders.
16717 \begin_layout Subsection
16722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16723 Tables ! Longtables
16732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16741 \begin_layout Standard
16742 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16745 \begin_inset space ~
16749 \begin_inset space ~
16758 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16759 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16762 \begin_layout Description
16767 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16768 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16769 except for the first page, if
16772 \begin_inset space ~
16780 \begin_layout Description
16784 \begin_inset space ~
16789 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16790 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16793 \begin_layout Description
16798 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16799 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16800 except for the last page, if
16803 \begin_inset space ~
16811 \begin_layout Description
16815 \begin_inset space ~
16820 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16821 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16824 \begin_layout Description
16825 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16826 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16828 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16832 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16835 \begin_inset space ~
16843 \begin_layout Standard
16844 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16845 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16846 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16847 The others will then be defined as
16852 In this context, first means first in this order:
16855 \begin_inset space ~
16867 \begin_inset space ~
16873 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16876 \begin_layout Standard
16878 \begin_inset Tabular
16879 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16880 <features islongtable="true">
16881 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16882 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16883 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16884 <row endfirsthead="true">
16885 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16891 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16896 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16915 <row endfirsthead="true">
16916 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16927 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16948 <row endhead="true">
16949 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16960 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16969 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16979 <row endhead="true">
16980 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16991 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17000 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17012 <row endfoot="true">
17013 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17024 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17033 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17064 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18014 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18023 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18034 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18065 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18096 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18127 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18158 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18189 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18220 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18251 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18282 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18313 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18344 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18375 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18406 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18437 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18468 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18499 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18530 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18561 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18592 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18623 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18654 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18685 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18716 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18747 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18778 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18809 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18840 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18871 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18902 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18933 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18964 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18994 <row endlastfoot="true">
18995 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19006 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19015 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19032 \begin_layout Subsection
19037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19044 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19046 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19053 \begin_layout Standard
19054 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19055 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19056 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19057 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19061 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19062 for the cell's paragraph.
19065 \begin_layout Standard
19066 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19067 for the column in the table dialog.
19068 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19069 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19073 \begin_layout Standard
19075 \begin_inset Tabular
19076 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19078 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19079 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19080 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19100 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19169 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19225 This is longer now.
19230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19281 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19282 This is longer now.
19287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19313 \begin_layout Standard
19314 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19315 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19320 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19321 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19327 Selection with the mouse or with
19331 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19332 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19333 the selection from outside the table.
19336 \begin_layout Section
19341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19357 \begin_layout Standard
19358 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19359 have a fixed location.
19361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19368 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19376 \begin_inset space ~
19381 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19382 too much notes at the page.
19385 \begin_layout Standard
19386 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19387 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19388 and pages without text.
19389 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19390 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19391 Floats are therefore numbered.
19392 Referencing is described in section
19393 \begin_inset space ~
19397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19399 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19406 \begin_layout Standard
19407 To insert a float, use the menu
19409 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19413 A box with a caption that has e.
19414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19418 \begin_inset space ~
19422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19426 \begin_inset space ~
19430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19433 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19434 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19436 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19446 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19447 paragraph within the float.
19448 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19449 by left-clicking on the box label.
19450 A closed float box looks like this:
19451 \begin_inset Graphics
19452 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19457 -- a gray button with a red label.
19460 \begin_layout Standard
19461 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19462 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19465 \begin_layout Subsection
19469 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19475 Floats ! Figure floats
19481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19483 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19490 \begin_layout Standard
19493 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19494 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19497 inserts a float with the label
19498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19504 \begin_inset space ~
19510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19514 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19515 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19516 This is what we did for Figure
19517 \begin_inset space ~
19521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19523 reference "cap:Platypus"
19528 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19529 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19530 This was done in Figure
19531 \begin_inset space ~
19535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19537 reference "cap:Escher"
19544 \begin_layout Standard
19545 \begin_inset Float figure
19550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19552 \begin_inset Graphics
19553 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19555 rotateOrigin center
19562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19563 \begin_inset Caption
19565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19566 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19568 name "cap:Platypus"
19572 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19585 \begin_layout Standard
19586 \begin_inset Float figure
19591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19592 \begin_inset Caption
19594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19612 \begin_inset Graphics
19613 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19615 rotateOrigin center
19627 \begin_layout Standard
19628 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19630 As described in section
19631 \begin_inset space ~
19635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19637 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19641 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19646 and refer to it using the menu
19648 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19652 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19661 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19673 \begin_layout Standard
19674 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19675 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19676 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19677 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19679 \begin_inset space ~
19683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19685 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19689 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19690 You can also set the images one below the other.
19692 \begin_inset space ~
19696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19698 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19705 reference "fig:Platypus"
19709 are the subfigures.
19712 \begin_layout Standard
19713 \begin_inset Float figure
19718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19719 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19723 \begin_inset Float figure
19728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19729 \begin_inset Caption
19731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19732 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19734 name "fig:Undefinable"
19746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19747 \begin_inset Graphics
19748 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19759 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19763 \begin_inset Float figure
19768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19769 \begin_inset Caption
19771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19774 name "fig:Platypus"
19786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19787 \begin_inset Graphics
19788 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19800 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19807 \begin_inset Caption
19809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19812 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19816 Two distorted images.
19829 \begin_layout Standard
19830 Note that the caption is added to the
19833 \begin_inset space ~
19837 \begin_inset space ~
19842 as described in section
19843 \begin_inset space ~
19847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19849 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19856 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19862 Floats ! Table floats
19870 \begin_layout Standard
19871 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19873 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19874 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19878 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19881 \begin_inset space ~
19885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19887 reference "cap:Table-float"
19891 is an example of a table float.
19894 \begin_layout Standard
19895 \begin_inset Float table
19900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19901 \begin_inset Caption
19903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19904 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19906 name "cap:Table-float"
19918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19920 \begin_inset Tabular
19921 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19923 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19924 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19925 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20052 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20073 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20075 c & d\end{array}\right]$
20083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20096 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20117 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20123 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20131 \begin_layout Standard
20132 This float type is inserted with the menu
20134 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20135 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20139 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20140 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20144 , described in section
20145 \begin_inset space ~
20149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20151 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20158 \begin_layout Standard
20159 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20167 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20173 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20176 \begin_layout Standard
20181 floatname{algorithm}{your
20182 \begin_inset space ~
20188 \begin_layout Standard
20189 to the document preamble (menu
20191 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20198 \begin_inset space ~
20204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20218 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20224 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20232 \begin_layout Standard
20233 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20241 \begin_inset Graphics
20242 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20244 rotateOrigin center
20251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20252 \begin_inset Caption
20254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20257 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20261 This is a wrapped figure.
20262 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20275 This float type is used if you want to
20276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20283 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20285 It can be inserted using the menu
20287 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20288 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20290 \begin_inset space ~
20295 if the LaTeX-package
20303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20304 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20314 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20317 \begin_inset space ~
20327 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20330 \begin_inset space ~
20334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20336 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20340 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20349 Available units are explained in Appendix
20350 \begin_inset space ~
20354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20356 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20365 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20369 \begin_layout Standard
20370 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20378 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20379 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20380 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20381 over some other text.
20389 \begin_layout Itemize
20390 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20391 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20392 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20393 breaks will appear.
20396 \begin_layout Itemize
20397 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20398 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20401 \begin_layout Itemize
20402 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20403 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20406 \begin_layout Itemize
20407 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20410 \begin_layout Subsection
20412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20414 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20431 \begin_layout Standard
20432 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20433 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20437 \begin_inset space ~
20445 \begin_layout Standard
20446 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20447 have a multi-column document).
20448 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20451 \begin_inset space ~
20457 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20458 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20465 \begin_layout Standard
20466 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20467 format is also the same: Table
20468 \begin_inset space ~
20472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20474 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20478 is an example of a rotated table float.
20481 \begin_layout Standard
20482 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20490 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20498 \begin_layout Standard
20499 \begin_inset Float table
20504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20505 \begin_inset Caption
20507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20510 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20524 \begin_inset Tabular
20525 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20527 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20528 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20529 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20530 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20531 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20591 \begin_layout Subsection
20593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20595 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20612 \begin_layout Standard
20613 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20614 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20615 \begin_inset Newline newline
20621 \begin_inset space ~
20626 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20627 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20629 \begin_inset Newline newline
20635 \begin_inset space ~
20640 is used to rotate floats, see section
20641 \begin_inset space ~
20645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20647 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20654 \begin_layout Standard
20655 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20656 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20659 \begin_inset space ~
20663 \begin_inset space ~
20671 \begin_layout Description
20673 \begin_inset space ~
20677 \begin_inset space ~
20680 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20683 \begin_layout Description
20685 \begin_inset space ~
20689 \begin_inset space ~
20692 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20695 \begin_layout Description
20697 \begin_inset space ~
20701 \begin_inset space ~
20704 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20707 \begin_layout Description
20709 \begin_inset space ~
20713 \begin_inset space ~
20716 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20719 \begin_layout Standard
20720 The order of the above option is
20725 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20729 \begin_inset space ~
20733 \begin_inset space ~
20741 \begin_inset space ~
20745 \begin_inset space ~
20750 , and then the others.
20751 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20753 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20754 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20757 \begin_layout Standard
20758 By default, each options has its own rules:
20761 \begin_layout Standard
20765 \begin_inset space ~
20769 \begin_inset space ~
20774 only floats occupying less than 70
20775 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20778 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20781 \begin_layout Standard
20785 \begin_inset space ~
20789 \begin_inset space ~
20794 : only floats occupying less than 30
20795 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20798 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20801 \begin_layout Standard
20805 \begin_inset space ~
20809 \begin_inset space ~
20814 : only if more than 50
20815 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20818 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20822 \begin_layout Standard
20823 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20827 \begin_inset space ~
20831 \begin_inset space ~
20839 \begin_layout Standard
20840 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20841 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20842 For this case you can use the option
20845 \begin_inset space ~
20851 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20853 Because the float is then no longer able to
20854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20861 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20864 \begin_layout Standard
20865 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20866 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20869 \begin_layout Standard
20870 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20872 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20874 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20881 \begin_layout Section
20886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20895 name "sec:Minipages"
20902 \begin_layout Standard
20903 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20905 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20906 \begin_inset space ~
20913 \begin_layout Standard
20914 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20916 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20920 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20921 and its alignment within the page.
20924 \begin_layout Standard
20926 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20935 height_special "totalheight"
20938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20941 This is a minipage.
20942 The text is set in an italic style.
20945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20948 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20949 another formatting.
20957 \begin_layout Standard
20958 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20961 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20965 as described in section
20966 \begin_inset space ~
20970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20972 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20977 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20983 \begin_layout Standard
20984 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20993 height_special "totalheight"
20996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20997 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20998 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21004 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21008 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21017 height_special "totalheight"
21020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21021 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21022 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21030 \begin_layout Standard
21031 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21037 \begin_layout Standard
21038 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21039 to other box types.
21040 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21051 \begin_layout Chapter
21052 Mathematical Formulas
21056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21097 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21104 \begin_layout Standard
21105 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21110 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21113 \begin_layout Section
21118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21127 \begin_layout Standard
21128 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21129 \begin_inset Graphics
21130 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21135 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21137 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21138 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21139 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21141 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21147 \begin_layout Standard
21148 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21152 \begin_inset space ~
21157 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21160 \begin_layout Standard
21161 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21162 line, like this one:
21165 \begin_layout Standard
21166 This is a line with an inline formula
21167 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21173 \begin_layout Standard
21174 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
21176 \begin_inset Formula \[
21181 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21184 \begin_layout Standard
21185 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21201 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21202 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21206 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21209 \begin_inset space ~
21217 \begin_layout Subsection
21218 Navigating in Formulas
21222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21231 \begin_layout Standard
21232 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21233 achieved with the arrow keys.
21234 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21235 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21240 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21241 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21245 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21249 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21251 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21259 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21264 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21265 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21268 \begin_layout Standard
21273 , printed in this document as
21274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21295 \begin_inset Note Note
21298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21299 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21300 space character (visible space).
21305 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21306 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21307 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21312 For example, if you want
21313 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21367 , since in the latter case only the
21370 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21375 will be under the square root sign:
21376 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21382 \begin_layout Standard
21383 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21385 \begin_inset Formula \[
21386 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21389 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21393 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21394 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21397 \begin_layout Subsection
21401 \begin_layout Standard
21402 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21403 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21407 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21408 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21409 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21410 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21411 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21414 \begin_layout Subsection
21415 Exponents and Subscripts
21419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21438 \begin_layout Standard
21439 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21440 way is to use a command.
21442 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21445 , type in a formula
21451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21467 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21473 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21477 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21498 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21507 , you have to use an extra
21511 to separate the hat and the character.
21514 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21535 Subscripts are similar: To get
21536 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21559 \begin_layout Subsection
21564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21573 \begin_layout Standard
21574 Create a fraction with either the command
21581 \begin_inset Graphics
21582 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21590 \begin_inset space ~
21596 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21597 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21598 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21603 To move back up, press
21608 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21609 \begin_inset Formula \[
21610 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21612 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21619 \begin_layout Subsection
21624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21633 \begin_layout Standard
21634 Roots can be created using the
21637 \begin_inset space ~
21643 \begin_inset Graphics
21644 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21667 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21673 produces always a square root.
21676 \begin_layout Subsection
21677 Operators with Limits
21681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21698 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21700 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21707 \begin_layout Standard
21709 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21713 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21716 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21717 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21718 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21719 The sum operator will automatically place its
21720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21727 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21730 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21734 \begin_inset Formula \[
21735 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21739 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21743 \begin_layout Standard
21744 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21746 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21747 behind the operator and hitting
21753 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21754 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21756 \begin_inset space ~
21760 \begin_inset space ~
21768 \begin_layout Standard
21769 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21777 feature as addition, such as
21781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21788 \begin_inset Formula \[
21789 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21793 which will place the
21794 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21806 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21807 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21813 \begin_layout Standard
21814 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21821 Have a look at section
21822 \begin_inset space ~
21826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21828 reference "sub:Functions"
21832 for an explanation of function macros.
21835 \begin_layout Subsection
21840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21849 \begin_layout Standard
21850 Most math symbols can be found in the
21853 \begin_inset space ~
21858 under one of several categories; including
21875 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21879 \begin_layout Standard
21880 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21881 you don't have to use the
21884 \begin_inset space ~
21889 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21890 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21893 \begin_layout Subsection
21898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21907 \begin_layout Standard
21908 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21917 \begin_inset space ~
21923 \begin_inset Graphics
21924 filename ../images/math/space.png
21929 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21930 Here a example for the sequence
21935 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21939 \begin_inset Graphics
21940 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21945 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21946 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21947 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21948 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21953 \begin_layout Standard
21963 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21969 \begin_layout Standard
21979 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21985 \begin_layout Subsection
21990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21999 name "sub:Functions"
22006 \begin_layout Standard
22010 \begin_inset space ~
22015 contains under the button
22016 \begin_inset Graphics
22017 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22021 a number of functions, such as
22022 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22026 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22034 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22041 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22042 avoid confusions, because
22043 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22047 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
22053 \begin_layout Standard
22054 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22056 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22060 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22066 \begin_layout Standard
22067 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
22068 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
22069 \begin_inset space ~
22073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22075 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22082 \begin_layout Subsection
22087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22096 \begin_layout Standard
22097 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22099 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22100 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
22102 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22105 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22106 Our example is entered by typing
22114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22127 \begin_inset space ~
22131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22133 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22137 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22140 \begin_layout Standard
22141 \begin_inset Float table
22146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22147 \begin_inset Caption
22149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22150 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22152 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22156 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22166 \begin_inset Tabular
22167 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22169 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22170 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22171 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22255 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22309 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22363 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22417 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22471 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22525 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22579 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22633 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22687 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22732 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22753 \begin_layout Standard
22754 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22757 \begin_inset space ~
22763 \begin_inset Graphics
22764 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22768 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22772 \begin_layout Section
22773 Brackets and Delimiters
22777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22796 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22803 \begin_layout Standard
22804 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22805 For most purposes, using just the keys
22810 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22811 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22814 \begin_inset space ~
22820 \begin_inset Graphics
22821 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22826 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22828 \begin_inset Formula \[
22829 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22831 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22835 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22836 \begin_inset Formula \[
22837 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22844 \begin_layout Standard
22845 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22846 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22849 \begin_layout Standard
22850 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22851 left side and right side.
22852 If you use the option
22855 \begin_inset space ~
22860 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22861 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22862 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22863 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22866 \begin_layout Standard
22867 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22868 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22869 inside the brackets.
22870 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22875 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22878 \begin_layout Standard
22879 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22890 \begin_layout Section
22895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22904 \begin_layout Standard
22905 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22906 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22917 \begin_layout Standard
22918 \begin_inset Formula \[
22919 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22926 \begin_layout Standard
22927 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22942 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22943 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22944 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22947 \begin_layout Section
22948 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22973 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22981 \begin_layout Standard
22982 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22985 \begin_inset space ~
22991 \begin_inset Graphics
22992 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22997 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22998 Here is an example:
22999 \begin_inset Formula \[
23000 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23003 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
23007 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23008 \begin_inset space ~
23012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23014 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23019 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23020 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23021 This alignment is set in the box
23026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23074 for every column as default.
23075 For example, the sequence
23076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23087 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23088 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23089 corresponds to the relevant column.
23090 The result will look like this:
23091 \begin_inset Formula \[
23093 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23094 column & has & has\, right\\
23095 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
23102 \begin_layout Standard
23103 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23107 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23108 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23110 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23116 \begin_layout Standard
23117 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23118 It can be created with the menu
23120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23121 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23123 \begin_inset space ~
23136 \begin_inset Formula \[
23140 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
23147 \begin_layout Standard
23148 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23151 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23159 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23168 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23176 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23177 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23178 A new row is created by every further hit of
23186 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23187 Here is an example:
23188 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23189 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23190 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23194 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23195 where you want to start the shift and hit
23200 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23201 position to the next column.
23202 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23203 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23204 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23205 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23212 \begin_layout Standard
23213 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23220 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23221 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23224 reference "eq:asquared"
23229 The other types are described in section
23230 \begin_inset space ~
23234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23236 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23243 \begin_layout Section
23244 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23249 Math ! Formula numbering
23258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23259 Math ! Referencing formulas
23265 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23267 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23274 \begin_layout Standard
23275 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23277 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23278 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23280 \begin_inset space ~
23288 \begin_inset space ~
23294 The formula number appears in LyX as
23295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23302 within parentheses.
23304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23311 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23313 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23314 the document class.
23315 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23316 separated by a dot:
23317 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23318 1+1=2\end{equation}
23325 \begin_inset space ~
23330 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23331 You can only number displayed formulas.
23334 \begin_layout Standard
23335 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23337 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23338 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23340 \begin_inset space ~
23344 \begin_inset space ~
23348 \begin_inset space ~
23356 \begin_inset space ~
23361 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23362 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23364 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23365 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23369 To number all lines use the shortcut
23372 \begin_inset space ~
23380 \begin_layout Standard
23381 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23384 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23385 A label is inserted with the menu
23387 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23390 when the cursor is in the formula.
23391 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23392 It is recommended to use the proposed
23393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23404 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23405 type when you have many labels in your document.
23406 We inserted in the following example the label
23407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23414 in the second line:
23415 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23416 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23417 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23421 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23422 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23432 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23434 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23436 \begin_inset space ~
23442 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23443 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23444 as the formula number:
23447 \begin_layout Standard
23448 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23451 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23458 \begin_layout Standard
23459 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23460 \begin_inset space ~
23464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23466 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23471 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23474 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23477 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23482 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23490 \begin_layout Section
23491 User defined math macros
23495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23504 name "sec:math-macros"
23511 \begin_layout Standard
23512 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23513 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23514 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23516 \begin_inset Newline newline
23519 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23520 \begin_inset Formula \[
23521 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23525 The general form of its solution is:
23526 \begin_inset Formula \[
23527 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p^{2}}{4}-q}\]
23534 \begin_layout Standard
23535 The macro should print the parameters
23536 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23540 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23544 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23547 like in the equation above.
23550 \begin_layout Standard
23551 A macro is created by executing the command
23554 \begin_layout Standard
23561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23584 \begin_inset space ~
23588 \begin_inset space ~
23594 \begin_layout Standard
23595 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23596 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23597 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23598 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23602 \begin_layout Standard
23603 We have three arguments and name the macro
23604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23611 , so that the command is:
23614 \begin_layout Standard
23621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23646 \begin_layout Standard
23647 This results in the following macro definition box:
23648 \begin_inset Graphics
23649 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23654 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23655 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23656 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23660 \begin_inset Note Note
23663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23664 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23665 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23673 \begin_layout Standard
23674 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23675 the math panel or commands.
23676 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23677 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23688 for the first argument.
23689 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23690 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23691 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23692 in LyX with its full size.
23693 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23694 In our example we insert the sequence
23695 \begin_inset Newline newline
23723 \begin_inset Newline newline
23728 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23731 \begin_layout Standard
23732 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23747 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23750 \begin_layout Standard
23752 \begin_inset Graphics
23753 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23760 \begin_layout Standard
23761 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23762 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23763 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23764 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23765 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23768 \begin_layout Standard
23769 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23770 to the new definition.
23771 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23772 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23776 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23780 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23784 \begin_inset Formula \[
23792 \begin_layout Standard
23793 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23797 \begin_layout Standard
23811 \begin_inset Newline newline
23818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23844 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23847 \begin_layout Standard
23848 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23849 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23850 definition box in your document.
23851 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23853 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23855 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23860 \begin_layout Section
23864 \begin_layout Subsection
23869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23878 \begin_layout Standard
23879 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23880 To set a font in a formula, use the
23883 \begin_inset space ~
23889 \begin_inset Graphics
23890 filename ../images/math/font.png
23894 , or enter its command, listed in table
23895 \begin_inset space ~
23899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23901 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23908 \begin_layout Standard
23909 \begin_inset Float table
23914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23915 \begin_inset Caption
23917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23920 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23924 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23934 \begin_inset Tabular
23935 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23937 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23938 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23970 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23997 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24024 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24057 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24084 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24111 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24145 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24172 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24206 \begin_layout Standard
24207 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24215 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24231 \begin_layout Standard
24232 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24233 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24238 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24239 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24240 Here an example where a
24241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24252 denotes the set of numbers:
24253 \begin_inset Formula \[
24254 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24261 \begin_layout Standard
24262 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24273 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24277 \begin_inset Newline newline
24280 So better don't use this feature.
24283 \begin_layout Standard
24284 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24285 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24289 \begin_inset Newline newline
24292 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24298 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24299 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24305 \begin_layout Standard
24312 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24315 \begin_layout Standard
24316 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24318 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24319 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24321 \begin_inset space ~
24329 \begin_layout Subsection
24334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24343 \begin_layout Standard
24344 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24346 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24350 \begin_inset space ~
24354 \begin_inset space ~
24362 \begin_inset space ~
24368 \begin_inset Graphics
24369 filename ../images/math/font.png
24373 (alternatively the shortcut
24376 \begin_inset space ~
24382 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24383 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24384 Here is an example:
24385 \begin_inset Formula \[
24387 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24388 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24395 \begin_layout Subsection
24400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24409 \begin_layout Standard
24410 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24411 automatically chosen in most situations.
24429 For most characters,
24437 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24438 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24443 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24444 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24445 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24446 \begin_inset Graphics
24447 filename ../images/math/style.png
24452 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24453 For example, you can set
24454 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24457 , which is normally in
24466 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24470 The four styles are used in the following example:
24473 \begin_layout Standard
24474 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24478 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24482 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24486 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24492 \begin_layout Standard
24493 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24494 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24496 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24498 \begin_inset space ~
24503 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24504 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24505 will be adjusted to correspond.
24506 As example a formula in the font size
24507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24517 \begin_layout Standard
24521 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24527 \begin_layout Section
24531 \begin_layout Standard
24532 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24533 the document classes and into layout modules.
24537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24543 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24544 other than the AMS classes.
24546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24548 reference "sub:Modules"
24552 for more on layout modules.
24555 \begin_layout Section
24560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24579 \begin_layout Standard
24580 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24581 (AMS) that are in common use.
24584 \begin_layout Subsection
24585 Enabling AMS-Support
24588 \begin_layout Standard
24589 Selecting the checkbox
24592 \begin_inset space ~
24596 \begin_inset space ~
24600 \begin_inset space ~
24607 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24615 Document ! Settings
24623 \begin_inset space ~
24628 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24630 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24631 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24634 \begin_layout Subsection
24636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24638 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24647 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24655 \begin_layout Standard
24656 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24657 LyX allows you to choose between
24678 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24681 \begin_layout Chapter
24685 \begin_layout Section
24690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24699 name "sec:Cross-References"
24706 \begin_layout Standard
24707 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24708 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24710 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24711 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24712 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24715 \begin_layout Enumerate
24719 \begin_layout Enumerate
24720 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24722 name "enu:Second-item"
24729 \begin_layout Enumerate
24733 \begin_layout Standard
24734 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24739 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24740 \begin_inset Graphics
24741 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24747 A grey label box like this:
24748 \begin_inset Graphics
24749 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24754 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24755 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24790 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24791 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24806 \begin_layout Standard
24807 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24809 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24812 or the toolbar button
24813 \begin_inset Graphics
24814 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24820 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24821 \begin_inset Graphics
24822 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24827 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24829 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24842 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24844 Here is our cross-reference:
24847 \begin_layout Standard
24849 \begin_inset space ~
24853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24855 reference "enu:Second-item"
24862 \begin_layout Standard
24863 It is recommended to use a protected space
24867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24868 described in section
24869 \begin_inset space ~
24873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24875 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24884 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24888 \begin_layout Standard
24889 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24892 \begin_layout Description
24893 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24896 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24903 \begin_layout Description
24904 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24905 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24917 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24924 \begin_layout Description
24925 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24926 \begin_inset space ~
24930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24931 LatexCommand pageref
24932 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24939 \begin_layout Description
24941 \begin_inset space ~
24945 \begin_inset space ~
24948 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24950 LatexCommand vpageref
24951 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24958 \begin_layout Description
24960 \begin_inset space ~
24964 \begin_inset space ~
24968 \begin_inset space ~
24971 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24975 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24982 \begin_layout Description
24984 \begin_inset space ~
24987 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24988 \begin_inset Newline newline
24992 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25000 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25009 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25022 \begin_layout Standard
25023 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
25024 the previous, the same, or the next page.
25026 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25030 \begin_inset space ~
25034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25048 \begin_layout Standard
25049 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
25050 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25051 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25055 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25059 \begin_layout Standard
25060 You can only use the style
25064 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25068 is always possible.
25071 \begin_layout Standard
25072 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
25073 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
25074 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
25075 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25076 \begin_inset space ~
25080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25082 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25089 \begin_layout Standard
25093 \begin_inset space ~
25097 \begin_inset space ~
25102 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
25103 The button text changes then to
25106 \begin_inset space ~
25111 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25112 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
25113 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
25117 \begin_layout Standard
25118 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
25119 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
25120 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
25123 \begin_layout Standard
25124 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
25125 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25128 \begin_layout Standard
25129 References are described in detail in the
25136 \begin_layout Section
25137 Table of Contents and other Listings
25141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25158 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25167 \begin_layout Subsection
25169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25171 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25178 \begin_layout Standard
25179 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25181 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25182 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25184 \begin_inset space ~
25188 \begin_inset space ~
25194 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25195 If you click on it, the
25199 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25200 sections in your documents.
25201 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25203 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25206 that is described in sec.
25207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25213 reference "sec:Navigating"
25220 \begin_layout Standard
25221 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25222 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25224 \begin_inset space ~
25228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25230 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25234 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25236 \begin_inset space ~
25240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25242 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25246 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25248 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25251 \begin_layout Subsection
25252 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25253 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25255 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25262 \begin_layout Standard
25263 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25264 You can insert them via the
25266 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25268 \begin_inset space ~
25272 \begin_inset space ~
25278 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25281 \begin_layout Section
25282 URLs and Hyperlinks
25286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25305 \begin_layout Subsection
25307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25316 \begin_layout Standard
25317 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25319 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25325 \begin_layout Standard
25326 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25327 \begin_inset Flex URL
25330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25340 \begin_layout Standard
25341 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25347 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25351 \begin_layout Standard
25352 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25360 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25368 \begin_layout Subsection
25370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25372 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25379 \begin_layout Standard
25380 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25382 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25385 or with the toolbar button
25386 \begin_inset Graphics
25387 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25388 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25393 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25402 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25403 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25404 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25406 name "LyX's homepage"
25407 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25411 , an Email address like this:
25412 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25414 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25415 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25420 , or a link to a file.
25423 \begin_layout Standard
25424 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25437 to the link target.
25440 \begin_layout Standard
25441 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25442 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25443 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25444 the text style dialog.
25445 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25449 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25451 name "LyX's homepage"
25452 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25459 \begin_layout Standard
25460 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25464 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25466 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25467 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25471 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25473 \begin_inset Newline newline
25481 \begin_inset Newline newline
25488 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25491 \begin_layout Section
25496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25505 name "sec:Appendices"
25512 \begin_layout Standard
25513 Appendices are created with the menu
25515 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25517 \begin_inset space ~
25521 \begin_inset space ~
25527 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25528 as appendix region.
25529 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25532 \begin_layout Standard
25533 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25534 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25535 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25536 and the subsection number.
25537 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25541 \begin_layout Standard
25543 \begin_inset space ~
25547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25549 reference "cha:Credits"
25554 \begin_inset space ~
25558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25560 reference "sub:Export"
25567 \begin_layout Section
25572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25581 name "sec:Bibliography"
25588 \begin_layout Standard
25589 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25590 You can include a bibliography database,
25594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25595 Known under the name
25596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25608 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25609 manually, using the paragraph environment
25613 , which was described in section
25614 \begin_inset space ~
25618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25620 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25625 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25626 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25630 use a bibliography database.
25633 \begin_layout Subsection
25634 The Bibliography Environment
25637 \begin_layout Standard
25642 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25644 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25653 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25655 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25664 , a short form of its title, as key.
25667 \begin_layout Standard
25668 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25670 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25673 or the toolbar button
25674 \begin_inset Graphics
25675 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25676 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25681 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25682 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25683 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25684 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25688 \begin_layout Standard
25689 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25690 with surrounding brackets.
25695 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25696 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25708 \begin_layout Standard
25711 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25714 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25716 key "latexcompanion"
25723 \begin_layout Standard
25724 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25725 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25734 \begin_layout Subsection
25735 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25740 Bibliography ! Databases
25749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25750 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25758 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25765 \begin_layout Standard
25766 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25772 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25774 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25775 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25780 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25782 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25783 your working field in a database.
25784 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25785 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25787 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25791 \begin_layout Standard
25792 The database is a text file with the file extension
25793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25804 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25805 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25806 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25808 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25813 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25814 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25815 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25816 \begin_inset Flex URL
25819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25821 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25829 \begin_layout Standard
25830 To use a database, use the menu
25832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25837 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25850 \begin_inset space ~
25856 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25857 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25860 Add bibliography to TOC
25862 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25867 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25870 \begin_layout Standard
25871 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25883 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25884 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25885 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25887 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25893 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25894 \begin_inset Newline newline
25898 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25900 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25912 \begin_layout Standard
25913 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25916 \begin_layout Standard
25917 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25918 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25921 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25949 \begin_inset space ~
25955 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25961 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25970 \begin_layout Standard
25971 When you select the option
25973 Sectioned bibliography
25977 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25980 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25981 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25983 Customizing Bibliographies
25996 \begin_layout Standard
25997 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25998 the two methods of creating them.
25999 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26000 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26001 We used the style file
26005 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26008 \begin_layout Subsection
26009 Bibliography layout
26013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26014 Bibliography ! Layout
26022 \begin_layout Standard
26023 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26024 For this feature you need to enable the option
26030 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26038 Document ! Settings
26048 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26049 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26050 in the previous section.
26053 \begin_layout Standard
26054 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26055 in the citation reference window.
26056 Here an example where we set the text
26057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26061 \begin_inset space ~
26065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26068 to appear after the reference:
26071 \begin_layout Standard
26073 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26076 key "latexcompanion"
26083 \begin_layout Section
26088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26104 \begin_layout Standard
26105 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26109 \begin_inset space ~
26114 or the toolbar button
26115 \begin_inset Graphics
26116 filename ../images/index-insert.png
26117 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26134 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26135 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26136 by LyX as index entry.
26139 \begin_layout Standard
26140 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26141 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26143 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26145 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26152 \begin_layout Standard
26153 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
26156 \begin_layout Standard
26157 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
26159 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26161 \begin_inset space ~
26165 \begin_inset space ~
26168 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26170 \begin_inset space ~
26176 A light blue box labeled
26177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26188 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26189 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26192 \begin_layout Subsection
26193 Grouping Index Entries
26197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26206 \begin_layout Standard
26207 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26209 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26210 lists under the entry
26211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26219 First we create the entry
26220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26228 \begin_inset space ~
26232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26234 reference "sub:Lists"
26239 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26240 \begin_inset space ~
26244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26246 reference "sec:Itemize"
26250 , we insert the command
26253 \begin_layout Standard
26259 \begin_layout Standard
26263 \begin_layout Standard
26269 \begin_layout Standard
26270 for the enumerated list in section
26271 \begin_inset space ~
26275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26277 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26284 \begin_layout Standard
26285 The exclamation mark
26286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26293 marks the grouping levels.
26294 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26295 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26296 If we don't have an index entry for
26297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26304 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26307 \begin_layout Subsection
26312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26313 Index ! Page ranges
26321 \begin_layout Standard
26322 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26324 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26325 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26327 \begin_inset space ~
26331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26333 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26340 \begin_layout Standard
26343 Paragraph environments|(
26346 \begin_layout Standard
26347 and another entry at the end of section
26348 \begin_inset space ~
26352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26354 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26361 \begin_layout Standard
26364 Paragraph environments|)
26367 \begin_layout Standard
26369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26392 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26393 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26394 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26395 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26396 An example is the index entry
26397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26400 Document ! Settings
26401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26407 \begin_layout Subsection
26412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26413 Index ! Cross referencing
26421 \begin_layout Standard
26422 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26423 We referred for example in the index entry
26424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26432 \begin_inset space ~
26436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26438 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26442 ) to the index entry
26443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26450 in the same section using the entry
26453 \begin_layout Standard
26456 GIF|see{Image formats}
26459 \begin_layout Standard
26460 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26461 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26462 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26465 \begin_layout Subsection
26470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26471 Index ! Entry order
26479 \begin_layout Standard
26480 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26481 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26482 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26487 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26489 \begin_inset space ~
26493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26495 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26504 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26505 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26534 Dummy entries ! maïs
26543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26544 Dummy entries ! maître
26553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26554 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26559 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26560 order maïs, maison, maître.
26561 To achieve this, we use the command
26564 \begin_layout Standard
26567 previous entry@current entry
26570 \begin_layout Standard
26571 In our case we want to have
26572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26587 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26590 \begin_layout Standard
26596 \begin_layout Standard
26597 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26598 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26602 \begin_layout Subsection
26607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26608 Index ! Entry layout
26616 \begin_layout Standard
26617 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26624 This is an italic dummy entry
26629 You can also format the page number using the character
26630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26637 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26638 We can write for example
26641 \begin_layout Standard
26644 italic page number:|textit
26647 \begin_layout Standard
26648 to get the page number in italic.
26652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26653 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26658 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26676 \begin_inset space ~
26682 Have a look at section
26683 \begin_inset space ~
26687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26689 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26693 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26696 \begin_layout Standard
26697 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26705 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26709 to generate the index, see section
26710 \begin_inset space ~
26714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26716 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26725 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26726 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26728 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26731 key "latexcompanion"
26743 \begin_layout Standard
26744 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26746 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26747 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26748 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26749 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26750 If so, put the following in preamble
26753 \begin_layout Standard
26765 \begin_layout Standard
26769 \begin_layout Standard
26775 \begin_layout Standard
26776 into the index entry.
26780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26781 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26786 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26787 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26788 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26791 \begin_layout Standard
26792 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26794 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26798 \begin_inset space ~
26801 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26802 for all index entries.
26803 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26815 documentation for details,
26816 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26818 key "makeindex,xindy"
26825 \begin_layout Subsection
26830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26839 name "sub:Index-Program"
26846 \begin_layout Standard
26847 When the index entry program
26851 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26852 generation, otherwise the program
26856 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26857 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26858 dialog, see section
26859 \begin_inset space ~
26863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26865 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26870 The available options are listed and explained in
26871 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26873 key "makeindex,xindy"
26878 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26881 \begin_layout Standard
26886 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26887 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26889 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26891 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26892 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26900 \begin_layout Section
26901 Nomenclature / Glossary
26905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26946 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26953 \begin_layout Standard
26954 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26955 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26959 \begin_layout Standard
26960 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26969 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26975 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26976 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26982 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26985 \begin_layout Standard
26986 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26987 and then use the menu
26989 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26995 \begin_inset space ~
27000 or the toolbar button
27001 \begin_inset Graphics
27002 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
27003 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
27009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27020 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27023 \begin_layout Standard
27024 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27025 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27026 The second is the description of the symbol.
27029 \begin_layout Standard
27030 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27038 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27046 \begin_layout Subsection
27047 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27052 Nomenclature ! Layout
27060 \begin_layout Standard
27061 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27065 field as LaTeX-formula.
27067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27071 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27079 \begin_inset Newline newline
27087 \begin_inset Newline newline
27093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27100 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
27101 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27113 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27124 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27125 \begin_inset space ~
27129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27131 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27138 \begin_layout Standard
27142 \begin_inset space ~
27147 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27148 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27153 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27160 in this document is:
27161 \begin_inset Newline newline
27166 dummy entry for the character
27171 \begin_inset Newline newline
27183 \begin_inset space ~
27193 font use the command
27222 \begin_layout Subsection
27223 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27228 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27236 \begin_layout Standard
27237 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27238 the symbol definition.
27239 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27240 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27243 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27244 LatexCommand nomenclature
27246 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27253 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27257 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27258 LatexCommand nomenclature
27261 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27266 They will be sorted by
27267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27293 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27296 will be sorted before the
27300 since the character
27301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27308 is considered in sorting.
27311 \begin_layout Standard
27312 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27315 \begin_inset space ~
27320 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27321 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27323 For the given example, you can insert
27327 to this field for the
27328 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27335 will be located before
27336 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27342 \begin_layout Standard
27343 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27348 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27357 \begin_layout Subsection
27358 Nomenclature Options
27362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27363 Nomenclature ! Options
27371 \begin_layout Standard
27376 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27377 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27380 \begin_layout Description
27381 refeq Appends the phrase
27382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27397 to every nomenclature entry, where
27403 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27406 \begin_layout Description
27407 refpage Appends the phrase
27408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27423 to every nomenclature entry, where
27429 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27432 \begin_layout Description
27433 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27436 \begin_layout Standard
27437 There are furthermore the options
27481 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27485 \begin_layout Standard
27486 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27487 class options list in the
27489 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27493 In this document the options
27504 \begin_layout Standard
27505 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27511 \begin_layout Standard
27512 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27513 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27518 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27521 \begin_layout Description
27531 \begin_layout Description
27534 nomrefpage Like the
27541 \begin_layout Description
27544 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27553 \begin_layout Description
27557 \begin_inset space ~
27563 \begin_inset space ~
27568 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27571 \begin_layout Subsection
27572 Printing the Nomenclature
27576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27577 Nomenclature ! Printing
27585 \begin_layout Standard
27586 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27588 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27590 \begin_inset space ~
27594 \begin_inset space ~
27597 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27601 A light blue box labeled
27602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27613 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27614 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27617 \begin_layout Standard
27618 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27627 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27635 For example, in order to change the name to
27639 , add the following line to the preamble:
27642 \begin_layout Standard
27650 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27653 \begin_layout Standard
27654 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27660 \begin_layout Standard
27661 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27662 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27665 \begin_layout Standard
27673 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27676 \begin_layout Standard
27679 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27680 \begin_inset space ~
27684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27686 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27691 The default value is 1
27692 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27698 \begin_layout Section
27703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27714 Document ! Branches
27720 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27722 name "sec:Branches"
27729 \begin_layout Standard
27730 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27731 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27732 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27733 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27736 \begin_layout Standard
27737 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27738 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27739 To create a branch, go in the
27741 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27749 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27750 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27753 \begin_layout Standard
27754 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27755 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27757 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27760 where you can choose a branch.
27761 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27764 \begin_layout Standard
27765 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27766 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27769 \begin_layout Standard
27770 \begin_inset Branch Question
27773 \begin_layout Standard
27774 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27782 \begin_layout Standard
27783 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27786 \begin_layout Standard
27787 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27795 \begin_layout Standard
27796 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27803 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27804 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27806 For example you can define for the question branch
27810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27811 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27812 \begin_inset space ~
27816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27818 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27830 \begin_layout Standard
27840 \begin_layout Standard
27850 \begin_layout Standard
27851 and for the answer branch
27854 \begin_layout Standard
27864 \begin_layout Standard
27874 \begin_layout Standard
27875 \begin_inset Branch Question
27878 \begin_layout Standard
27882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27910 \begin_layout Standard
27911 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27914 \begin_layout Standard
27918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27946 \begin_layout Standard
27947 Now it is possible to use the commands
27951 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27958 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27961 to obtain conditional output.
27962 Here is an example formula where only the
27969 \begin_inset Formula \[
27970 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27977 \begin_layout Standard
27978 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27979 \begin_inset space ~
27983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27985 reference "sec:math-macros"
27992 \begin_layout Section
27994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27996 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28013 \begin_layout Standard
28018 dialog provides under
28022 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28023 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28032 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28040 \begin_layout Standard
28045 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28046 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28047 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28049 You can specify in the dialog tab
28053 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28055 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28056 entries, showing where in the document the entry is referenced.
28059 \begin_layout Standard
28064 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28065 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28066 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28068 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28069 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28071 \begin_inset space ~
28074 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28075 \begin_inset space ~
28078 1 will only display the sections.
28081 \begin_layout Standard
28082 The header informations in the dialog tab
28086 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28087 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
28088 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28092 \begin_inset space ~
28095 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
28096 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28099 Automatic fill header
28101 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
28102 title and author settings.
28105 \begin_layout Standard
28108 Load in fullscreen mode
28110 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28113 \begin_layout Standard
28114 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28115 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28121 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
28122 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28131 \begin_layout Section
28132 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28135 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28142 \begin_layout Subsection
28147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28156 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28163 \begin_layout Standard
28164 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28165 constructs, but not all.
28166 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28167 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
28168 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28169 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28170 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28174 \begin_layout Standard
28175 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28177 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
28179 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28181 \begin_inset space ~
28186 or by the toolbar button
28187 \begin_inset Graphics
28188 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28193 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28197 \begin_layout Standard
28198 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28199 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28200 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
28207 , you can write the command part
28213 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28217 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28218 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28219 the following example:
28222 \begin_layout Standard
28223 \begin_inset Graphics
28224 filename clipart/ERT.png
28232 \begin_layout Standard
28236 \begin_layout Standard
28237 This is a line with a
28241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28264 \begin_layout Standard
28265 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28273 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28274 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28282 \begin_layout Subsection
28283 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28284 \begin_inset OptArg
28287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28304 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28306 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28313 \begin_layout Standard
28314 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28315 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28316 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28325 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28326 every time if you know the right commands.
28328 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
28329 the end of the day.
28330 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28331 all caption labels bold.
28332 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28334 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
28337 \begin_layout Standard
28338 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28339 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
28340 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28342 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28351 \begin_layout Standard
28352 As result you know that the package
28360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28361 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28367 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28369 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28375 \begin_layout Standard
28380 usepackage[options]{package name}
28383 \begin_layout Standard
28384 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28385 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28386 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28389 \begin_layout Standard
28390 In your case the package name is
28395 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28400 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28401 So you add the command
28404 \begin_layout Standard
28409 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28412 \begin_layout Standard
28413 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28418 For more commands provided by the
28422 package, have a look at its documentation,
28423 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28437 \begin_layout Standard
28438 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28440 For example if you use a
28444 class, you don't need the package
28448 , you can instead write
28451 \begin_layout Standard
28456 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28461 \begin_layout Standard
28462 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28463 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28464 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28471 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28474 \begin_layout Standard
28475 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28476 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28478 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28479 the previous section.
28482 \begin_layout Standard
28483 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28485 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28487 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28495 \begin_layout Section
28496 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28497 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28499 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28526 \begin_layout Standard
28527 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28528 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28529 to break your train of thought with
28531 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28537 \begin_layout Standard
28538 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28539 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28548 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28553 as explained below, and turn on
28556 \begin_inset space ~
28563 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28569 \begin_inset space ~
28573 \begin_inset space ~
28576 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28582 \begin_layout Standard
28583 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28585 Previews of an already loaded document are
28589 generated just by selecting the
28592 \begin_inset space ~
28597 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28600 \begin_layout Standard
28601 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28602 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28605 \begin_inset space ~
28610 check box in the insert dialog.
28611 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28615 \begin_layout Standard
28616 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28620 (on some systems named simply
28625 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28627 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28633 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28634 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28642 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28646 \begin_layout Standard
28647 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28653 \begin_layout Standard
28654 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28658 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28660 \begin_inset space ~
28665 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28666 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28668 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28669 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28670 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28671 the source view window.
28674 \begin_layout Section
28676 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28678 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28695 \begin_layout Standard
28696 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28697 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28714 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28720 can be seen as successor of
28724 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28729 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28730 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28738 \begin_layout Standard
28739 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28740 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28747 \begin_layout Standard
28750 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28753 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28754 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28755 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28756 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28757 scrolled so that it is visible.
28762 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28764 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28768 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28769 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28772 \begin_layout Standard
28773 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28776 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28780 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28781 will bring an error message.
28782 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28783 specifying a different
28785 Alternative language
28787 in preferences dialog.
28790 \begin_layout Standard
28791 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28794 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28798 \begin_layout Standard
28799 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28800 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28802 But you can use the
28805 \begin_inset space ~
28809 \begin_inset space ~
28817 \begin_layout Standard
28818 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28819 This does work with
28823 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28826 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28830 \begin_layout Standard
28835 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28838 \begin_layout Description
28840 \begin_inset space ~
28843 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28844 should consider, e.g.
28845 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28846 This should not normally be needed.
28849 \begin_layout Description
28851 \begin_inset space ~
28854 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28855 as your personal dictionary
28858 \begin_layout Description
28860 \begin_inset space ~
28864 \begin_inset space ~
28867 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28879 \begin_layout Description
28881 \begin_inset space ~
28885 \begin_inset space ~
28888 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28890 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28897 also for the spellchecker.
28901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28902 The encodings are explained in section
28903 \begin_inset space ~
28907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28909 reference "sub:Settings"
28918 Only enable this if you use
28922 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28923 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28924 so this is disabled by default.
28927 \begin_layout Section
28932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28941 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28948 \begin_layout Standard
28949 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28952 \begin_layout Standard
28953 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28956 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28959 or the toolbar button
28960 \begin_inset Graphics
28961 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28962 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28963 rotateOrigin center
28968 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28972 \begin_layout Standard
28973 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28974 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28975 cases to find related words.
28978 \begin_layout Standard
28979 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28981 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28989 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28998 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29017 \begin_layout Section
29022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29033 Document ! Change Tracking
29039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29041 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29048 \begin_layout Standard
29049 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
29050 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
29051 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
29052 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29054 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29056 \begin_inset space ~
29059 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29061 \begin_inset space ~
29069 \begin_layout Standard
29070 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
29079 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29082 \begin_inset space ~
29086 \begin_inset space ~
29099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29108 \begin_layout Standard
29109 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29122 \begin_layout Standard
29123 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29129 \begin_layout Standard
29130 \begin_inset Graphics
29131 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29138 \begin_layout Standard
29139 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29145 \begin_layout Standard
29146 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29150 \begin_layout Standard
29151 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29157 \begin_layout Standard
29158 \begin_inset Tabular
29159 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29160 <features islongtable="true">
29161 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29162 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29163 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29168 \begin_inset Graphics
29169 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29170 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29171 rotateOrigin center
29180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29186 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29188 \begin_inset space ~
29191 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29193 \begin_inset space ~
29202 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29207 \begin_inset Graphics
29208 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29209 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29210 rotateOrigin center
29219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29225 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29227 \begin_inset space ~
29230 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29232 \begin_inset space ~
29236 \begin_inset space ~
29240 \begin_inset space ~
29249 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29254 \begin_inset Graphics
29255 filename ../images/change-next.png
29256 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29257 rotateOrigin center
29266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29270 Jumps to the next change
29276 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29281 \begin_inset Graphics
29282 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29283 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29284 rotateOrigin center
29293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29299 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29301 \begin_inset space ~
29304 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29306 \begin_inset space ~
29315 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29320 \begin_inset Graphics
29321 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29322 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29323 rotateOrigin center
29332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29338 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29340 \begin_inset space ~
29343 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29345 \begin_inset space ~
29354 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29359 \begin_inset Graphics
29360 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29361 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29362 rotateOrigin center
29371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29377 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29379 \begin_inset space ~
29382 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29384 \begin_inset space ~
29393 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29398 \begin_inset Graphics
29399 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29400 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29401 rotateOrigin center
29410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29416 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29418 \begin_inset space ~
29421 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29423 \begin_inset space ~
29427 \begin_inset space ~
29436 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29441 \begin_inset Graphics
29442 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29443 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29444 rotateOrigin center
29453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29459 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29461 \begin_inset space ~
29464 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29466 \begin_inset space ~
29470 \begin_inset space ~
29479 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29484 \begin_inset Graphics
29485 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29486 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29487 rotateOrigin center
29496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29503 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29505 \begin_inset space ~
29514 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29519 \begin_inset Graphics
29520 filename ../images/note-next.png
29521 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29522 rotateOrigin center
29531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29537 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29539 \begin_inset space ~
29555 \begin_layout Standard
29556 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29562 \begin_layout Standard
29563 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29564 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29565 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29566 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29567 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29568 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29569 step to the next change.
29570 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29573 \begin_layout Standard
29574 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29575 to describe a change.
29578 \begin_layout Standard
29579 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29588 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29594 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29595 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29601 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29604 \begin_layout Section
29605 International Support
29609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29610 International support
29618 \begin_layout Standard
29619 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29620 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29621 how to set up LyX to use them:
29622 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29624 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29631 \begin_layout Standard
29632 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29633 \begin_inset space ~
29637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29639 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29646 \begin_layout Subsection
29651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29662 Document ! Settings
29671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29672 Document ! Language
29680 \begin_layout Standard
29683 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29686 dialog lets you set
29688 the language and character encoding for your language.
29692 \begin_layout Standard
29693 Choose your language in the
29697 section of this dialog.
29705 \begin_layout Standard
29710 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29714 use language's default encoding
29716 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29717 For details about the different encoding options see section
29718 \begin_inset space ~
29722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29724 reference "sub:Settings"
29731 \begin_layout Subsection
29732 Keyboard mapping configuration
29733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29735 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29742 \begin_layout Standard
29743 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29744 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29745 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29746 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29747 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29749 \begin_inset space ~
29753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29755 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29760 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29761 which one you want to use.
29764 \begin_layout Standard
29765 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29766 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29767 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29768 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29769 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29770 one to support the characters you want.
29771 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29778 \begin_layout Subsection
29782 \begin_layout Standard
29784 \begin_inset space ~
29788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29790 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29799 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29803 \begin_layout Standard
29804 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29805 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29813 \begin_layout Itemize
29814 Even if you have selected
29820 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29823 dialog, users who have only the
29827 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29831 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29832 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29833 french quotes won't show up.
29836 \begin_layout Standard
29837 \begin_inset Float table
29842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29843 \begin_inset Caption
29845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29846 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29848 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29866 \begin_inset Tabular
29867 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29869 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29870 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29871 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29874 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29875 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29876 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29877 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29878 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29879 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29880 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29881 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29882 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29883 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29884 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29885 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34298 \begin_layout Standard
34299 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34301 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34302 also the characters from
34314 \begin_layout Itemize
34323 \begin_layout Standard
34324 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34325 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34331 \begin_layout Standard
34332 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34333 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34339 \begin_layout Standard
34340 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34341 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34347 \begin_layout Standard
34348 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34349 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34355 \begin_layout Standard
34357 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34363 \begin_layout Standard
34365 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34371 \begin_layout Standard
34373 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34380 \begin_layout Itemize
34393 \begin_layout Standard
34395 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34401 \begin_layout Standard
34403 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34409 \begin_layout Standard
34411 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34417 \begin_layout Standard
34419 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34425 \begin_layout Standard
34427 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34433 \begin_layout Standard
34435 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34442 \begin_layout Standard
34443 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34444 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34445 Also make sure you're using the
34452 \begin_layout Chapter
34455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34457 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34464 \begin_layout Standard
34465 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34466 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34467 inside the user's guide.
34470 \begin_layout Section
34475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34484 \begin_layout Standard
34489 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34490 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34493 \begin_layout Subsection
34497 \begin_layout Standard
34498 Creates a new document.
34501 \begin_layout Subsection
34505 \begin_layout Standard
34506 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34507 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34508 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34511 \begin_layout Subsection
34515 \begin_layout Standard
34519 \begin_layout Subsection
34523 \begin_layout Standard
34524 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34525 Click there on a file to open it.
34528 \begin_layout Subsection
34532 \begin_layout Standard
34533 Closes the current document.
34536 \begin_layout Subsection
34540 \begin_layout Standard
34541 Saves the actual document.
34544 \begin_layout Subsection
34548 \begin_layout Standard
34549 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34552 \begin_layout Subsection
34556 \begin_layout Standard
34557 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34560 \begin_layout Subsection
34564 \begin_layout Standard
34565 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34566 It is described in the section
34568 Version Control in LyX
34573 \begin_inset space ~
34581 \begin_layout Subsection
34585 \begin_layout Standard
34586 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34587 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34588 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34591 \begin_layout Standard
34592 When using the menu
34595 \begin_inset space ~
34599 \begin_inset space ~
34604 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34605 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34606 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34607 will start a new paragraph.
34610 \begin_layout Subsection
34612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34621 \begin_layout Standard
34622 You can export your document to various file formats.
34623 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34624 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34625 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34628 \begin_layout Standard
34629 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34631 \begin_inset space ~
34635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34637 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34644 \begin_layout Description
34648 \begin_inset space ~
34653 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34654 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34657 \begin_layout Description
34665 \begin_layout Description
34666 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34670 \begin_layout Description
34672 \begin_inset space ~
34676 \begin_inset space ~
34679 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34683 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34691 \begin_layout Description
34698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34706 \begin_inset space ~
34711 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34712 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34716 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34719 \begin_layout Description
34726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34734 \begin_inset space ~
34739 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34740 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34748 \begin_layout Description
34750 \begin_inset space ~
34753 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34761 is replaced by the version number)
34764 \begin_layout Description
34765 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34778 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34782 \begin_layout Description
34787 PDF-format using the program
34792 \begin_layout Description
34796 \begin_inset space ~
34801 PDF-format using the program
34806 \begin_layout Description
34810 \begin_inset space ~
34815 PDF-format using the program
34820 \begin_layout Description
34824 \begin_inset space ~
34832 \begin_layout Description
34836 \begin_inset space ~
34840 \begin_inset space ~
34845 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34846 and then exported as text using the program
34851 \begin_layout Description
34856 PostScript format using the program
34861 \begin_layout Description
34869 \begin_layout Standard
34874 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34875 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34881 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34884 \begin_layout Standard
34885 If one of the menu entries
34892 \begin_inset space ~
34901 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34902 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34903 \begin_inset space ~
34907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34909 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34918 Reconfiguration of LyX
34926 \begin_layout Standard
34931 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34932 the export program.
34935 \begin_layout Subsection
34939 \begin_layout Standard
34940 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34941 or send it to a printer.
34942 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34943 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34949 For more informations have a look at section
34950 \begin_inset space ~
34954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34956 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34963 \begin_layout Subsection
34964 New and Close Window
34967 \begin_layout Standard
34968 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34969 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34972 \begin_layout Section
34977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34986 \begin_layout Subsection
34990 \begin_layout Standard
34991 Described in section
34992 \begin_inset space ~
34996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34998 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35005 \begin_layout Subsection
35006 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35009 \begin_layout Standard
35010 Described in section
35011 \begin_inset space ~
35015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35017 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35024 \begin_layout Subsection
35028 \begin_layout Standard
35029 Selects the whole document.
35032 \begin_layout Subsection
35036 \begin_layout Standard
35037 Described in section
35038 \begin_inset space ~
35042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35044 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35051 \begin_layout Subsection
35052 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35055 \begin_layout Standard
35056 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35060 \begin_layout Subsection
35064 \begin_layout Standard
35065 Described in section
35066 \begin_inset space ~
35070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35072 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35079 \begin_layout Subsection
35084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35085 Paragraph ! Settings
35093 \begin_layout Standard
35094 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
35096 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
35099 \begin_layout Standard
35100 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
35101 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
35104 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35110 \begin_inset space ~
35118 \begin_layout Subsection
35122 \begin_layout Standard
35123 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
35124 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
35125 The properties of tables are described in section
35126 \begin_inset space ~
35130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35132 reference "sec:Tables"
35136 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35137 \begin_inset space ~
35141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35143 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35150 \begin_layout Subsection
35151 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35154 \begin_layout Standard
35155 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
35157 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35158 \begin_inset space ~
35162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35164 reference "sec:Nesting"
35169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35171 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35178 \begin_layout Section
35183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35192 \begin_layout Standard
35197 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35198 document with an external program.
35199 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35200 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35201 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35202 \begin_inset space ~
35206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35208 reference "sub:Export"
35213 You should at least see the menu entries
35220 \begin_inset space ~
35226 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35227 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35228 \begin_inset space ~
35232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35234 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35243 Reconfiguration of LyX
35251 \begin_layout Standard
35252 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35253 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35254 \begin_inset space ~
35258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35260 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35265 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35268 \begin_layout Standard
35269 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35272 At the bottom of the
35276 menu the opened documents are listed.
35279 \begin_layout Subsection
35280 Open/Close all Insets
35283 \begin_layout Standard
35284 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35287 \begin_layout Subsection
35288 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35291 \begin_layout Standard
35292 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35295 \begin_layout Standard
35296 More about math macros will be described in the
35303 \begin_layout Subsection
35307 \begin_layout Standard
35308 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35310 \begin_inset space ~
35314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35316 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35323 \begin_layout Subsection
35327 \begin_layout Standard
35328 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35329 opening a new view window.
35332 \begin_layout Subsection
35336 \begin_layout Standard
35337 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35338 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35339 the same document, but at different positions.
35340 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35341 or more documents the same time.
35342 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35349 \begin_layout Subsection
35353 \begin_layout Standard
35354 Closes a split view.
35357 \begin_layout Subsection
35361 \begin_layout Standard
35362 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35363 that you will see nothing than your text.
35364 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35365 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35366 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35369 \begin_layout Subsection
35371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35373 name "sub:Toolbars"
35381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35390 \begin_layout Standard
35391 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35392 All toolbars and the
35395 \begin_inset space ~
35400 can be turned on and off.
35405 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35417 \begin_inset space ~
35426 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35430 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35437 \begin_layout Standard
35442 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35446 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35447 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35448 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35449 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35450 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35453 \begin_layout Standard
35454 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35455 \begin_inset space ~
35459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35461 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35468 \begin_layout Section
35473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35482 \begin_layout Subsection
35486 \begin_layout Standard
35487 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35488 \begin_inset space ~
35492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35494 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35505 \begin_layout Subsection
35507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35509 name "sub:Special-Character"
35516 \begin_layout Standard
35517 Here you can insert the following characters:
35520 \begin_layout Description
35521 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35522 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35523 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35524 \begin_inset Newline newline
35528 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35536 Not all characters will be visible in the
35540 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35548 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35552 ) can display every character.
35560 \begin_layout Description
35561 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35565 \begin_layout Description
35567 \begin_inset space ~
35571 \begin_inset space ~
35574 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35575 \begin_inset space ~
35579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35581 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35588 \begin_layout Description
35590 \begin_inset space ~
35593 Quote Inserts this quote:
35594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35597 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35599 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35609 \begin_layout Description
35611 \begin_inset space ~
35614 Quote Inserts this quote:
35615 \begin_inset Quotes els
35621 \begin_layout Description
35623 \begin_inset space ~
35626 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35630 \begin_layout Description
35632 \begin_inset space ~
35635 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35639 \begin_layout Description
35641 \begin_inset space ~
35644 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35648 \begin_layout Description
35650 \begin_inset space ~
35657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35668 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35673 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35674 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35675 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35684 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35690 \begin_inset Newline newline
35693 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35697 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35705 and this Wiki-page:
35706 \begin_inset Newline newline
35710 \begin_inset Flex URL
35713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35715 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35723 \begin_layout Subsection
35727 \begin_layout Standard
35728 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35731 \begin_layout Description
35732 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35733 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35739 \begin_layout Description
35740 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35741 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35747 \begin_layout Description
35749 \begin_inset space ~
35752 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35753 \begin_inset space ~
35757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35759 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35766 \begin_layout Description
35768 \begin_inset space ~
35771 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35772 \begin_inset space ~
35776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35778 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35785 \begin_layout Description
35787 \begin_inset space ~
35790 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35791 \begin_inset space ~
35795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35797 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35804 \begin_layout Description
35806 \begin_inset space ~
35809 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35810 \begin_inset space ~
35814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35816 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35823 \begin_layout Description
35825 \begin_inset space ~
35828 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35829 \begin_inset space ~
35833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35835 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35842 \begin_layout Description
35844 \begin_inset space ~
35847 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35848 \begin_inset space ~
35852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35854 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35861 \begin_layout Description
35863 \begin_inset space ~
35866 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35867 \begin_inset space ~
35871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35873 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35880 \begin_layout Description
35882 \begin_inset space ~
35885 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35886 \begin_inset space ~
35890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35892 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35899 \begin_layout Description
35901 \begin_inset space ~
35905 \begin_inset space ~
35908 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35909 \begin_inset space ~
35913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35915 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35922 \begin_layout Description
35924 \begin_inset space ~
35927 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35928 text line to the page border, see section
35929 \begin_inset space ~
35933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35935 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35942 \begin_layout Description
35944 \begin_inset space ~
35947 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35948 \begin_inset space ~
35952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35954 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35961 \begin_layout Description
35963 \begin_inset space ~
35966 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35967 text page to the page border, described in section
35968 \begin_inset space ~
35972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35974 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35981 \begin_layout Description
35983 \begin_inset space ~
35986 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35987 \begin_inset space ~
35991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35993 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36000 \begin_layout Description
36002 \begin_inset space ~
36006 \begin_inset space ~
36009 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36010 \begin_inset space ~
36014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36016 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36023 \begin_layout Subsection
36027 \begin_layout Standard
36028 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
36029 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36031 \begin_inset space ~
36035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36037 reference "sec:toc"
36042 The index list is described in section
36043 \begin_inset space ~
36047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36049 reference "sec:Index"
36053 , the nomenclature in section
36054 \begin_inset space ~
36058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36060 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36064 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36065 \begin_inset space ~
36069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36071 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36078 \begin_layout Subsection
36082 \begin_layout Standard
36083 To insert floats, described in section
36084 \begin_inset space ~
36088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36090 reference "sec:Floats"
36097 \begin_layout Subsection
36101 \begin_layout Standard
36102 To insert notes, described in section
36103 \begin_inset space ~
36107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36109 reference "sec:Notes"
36116 \begin_layout Subsection
36120 \begin_layout Standard
36121 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36122 \begin_inset space ~
36126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36128 reference "sec:Branches"
36135 \begin_layout Subsection
36140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36149 \begin_layout Standard
36150 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
36151 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
36162 \begin_layout Subsection
36167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36176 \begin_layout Standard
36177 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36178 \begin_inset space ~
36182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36184 reference "sec:Minipages"
36189 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
36200 \begin_layout Subsection
36204 \begin_layout Standard
36205 Inserts a citation as described in section
36206 \begin_inset space ~
36210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36212 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36219 \begin_layout Subsection
36223 \begin_layout Standard
36224 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36225 \begin_inset space ~
36229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36231 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36238 \begin_layout Subsection
36242 \begin_layout Standard
36243 Inserts a label as described in section
36244 \begin_inset space ~
36248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36250 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36257 \begin_layout Subsection
36262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36273 Longtables ! Caption
36281 \begin_layout Standard
36282 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
36283 Floats are described in section
36284 \begin_inset space ~
36288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36290 reference "sec:Floats"
36294 , captions in longtables are described in section
36305 \begin_layout Subsection
36309 \begin_layout Standard
36310 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36311 \begin_inset space ~
36315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36317 reference "sec:Index"
36324 \begin_layout Subsection
36328 \begin_layout Standard
36329 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36330 \begin_inset space ~
36334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36336 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36343 \begin_layout Subsection
36347 \begin_layout Standard
36349 Tables are described in section
36350 \begin_inset space ~
36354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36356 reference "sec:Tables"
36363 \begin_layout Subsection
36367 \begin_layout Standard
36369 Graphics are described in section
36370 \begin_inset space ~
36374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36376 reference "sec:Graphics"
36383 \begin_layout Subsection
36387 \begin_layout Standard
36388 Inserts an URL as described in section
36389 \begin_inset space ~
36393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36395 reference "sub:URLs"
36402 \begin_layout Subsection
36406 \begin_layout Standard
36407 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36408 \begin_inset space ~
36412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36414 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36421 \begin_layout Subsection
36425 \begin_layout Standard
36426 Inserts a footnote, see section
36427 \begin_inset space ~
36431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36433 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36440 \begin_layout Subsection
36444 \begin_layout Standard
36445 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36446 \begin_inset space ~
36450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36452 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36459 \begin_layout Subsection
36463 \begin_layout Standard
36464 Inserts a short title, see section
36465 \begin_inset space ~
36469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36471 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36478 \begin_layout Subsection
36482 \begin_layout Standard
36483 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36484 \begin_inset space ~
36488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36490 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36497 \begin_layout Subsection
36502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36511 \begin_layout Standard
36512 Inserts a program listings box.
36513 Program listings are explained in chapter
36515 Program Code Listings
36524 \begin_layout Subsection
36528 \begin_layout Standard
36529 Inserts the actual date.
36530 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36532 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36542 There the different methods are also compared.
36545 \begin_layout Section
36550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36559 \begin_layout Standard
36560 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36561 \begin_inset space ~
36564 of the current document.
36565 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36568 \begin_layout Subsection
36572 \begin_layout Standard
36573 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36574 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36577 \begin_inset space ~
36581 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36582 \begin_inset space ~
36585 2.5 and use the menu
36588 \begin_inset space ~
36592 \begin_inset space ~
36599 \begin_inset space ~
36605 \begin_inset space ~
36609 \begin_inset space ~
36615 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36627 \begin_layout Standard
36628 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36629 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36632 \begin_layout Subsection
36633 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36636 \begin_layout Standard
36637 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36641 \begin_layout Subsection
36645 \begin_layout Standard
36646 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36647 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36648 on a cross-reference box.
36651 \begin_layout Section
36656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36665 \begin_layout Subsection
36669 \begin_layout Standard
36670 Change Tracking is described in section
36671 \begin_inset space ~
36675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36677 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36684 \begin_layout Subsection
36689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36699 \begin_layout Standard
36700 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36702 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36705 \begin_layout Standard
36706 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36711 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36714 \begin_layout Subsection
36718 \begin_layout Standard
36719 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36720 \begin_inset space ~
36724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36726 reference "sec:Navigating"
36731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36733 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36740 \begin_layout Subsection
36741 Start Appendix Here
36744 \begin_layout Standard
36745 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36746 position as described in section
36747 \begin_inset space ~
36751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36753 reference "sec:Appendices"
36760 \begin_layout Subsection
36764 \begin_layout Standard
36765 Un/compresses the actual document.
36768 \begin_layout Subsection
36770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36772 name "sub:Settings"
36780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36781 Document ! Settings
36789 \begin_layout Standard
36790 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36792 You can save your document settings as default with the
36794 Save as Document Defaults
36796 button in the dialog.
36797 This will create a template named
36801 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36805 \begin_layout Standard
36806 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36809 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36813 \begin_layout Standard
36814 Here you set the document class, class options, a Postscript driver, a master
36815 document, and modules.
36816 Document classes are described in section
36817 \begin_inset space ~
36821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36823 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36827 , modules in section
36828 \begin_inset space ~
36832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36834 reference "sub:Modules"
36839 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36844 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36845 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36850 When you want one of the following drivers
36851 \begin_inset Newline newline
36854 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
36855 \begin_inset Newline newline
36858 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
36859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36863 \begin_inset CommandInset href
36865 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
36874 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is
36875 a child or subdocument.
36876 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
36887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36891 \begin_layout Standard
36892 The document font settings are described in section
36893 \begin_inset space ~
36897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36899 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36906 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36910 \begin_layout Standard
36911 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36913 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36917 \begin_layout Standard
36918 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36919 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36920 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36923 \begin_layout Standard
36924 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36932 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36936 \begin_layout Standard
36937 A description of this menu is given in section
36938 \begin_inset space ~
36942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36944 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36951 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36958 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36962 \begin_layout Standard
36963 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36964 \begin_inset space ~
36968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36970 reference "sub:Margins"
36977 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36983 Language ! Encoding
36991 \begin_layout Standard
36992 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36993 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36994 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36995 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36996 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36997 known for a particular character).
37001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37002 The known commands are defined in a text file.
37003 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
37008 manual for details.
37016 \begin_layout Standard
37017 If you use the option
37021 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
37022 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
37023 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
37024 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
37025 exactly one encoding.
37026 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
37034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37035 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
37036 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
37038 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
37039 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37053 \begin_layout Standard
37054 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
37055 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
37056 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
37057 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
37058 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
37059 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
37064 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
37065 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
37066 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
37069 \begin_layout Standard
37070 Here is a list with the important encodings:
37073 \begin_layout Description
37075 \begin_inset space ~
37079 \begin_inset space ~
37083 \begin_inset space ~
37090 , but the LaTeX-package
37098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37099 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
37105 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
37106 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
37107 languages in TeX code.
37110 \begin_layout Description
37111 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
37112 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
37113 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
37116 \begin_layout Description
37118 \begin_inset space ~
37122 \begin_inset space ~
37125 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
37128 \begin_layout Description
37130 \begin_inset space ~
37134 \begin_inset space ~
37137 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
37140 \begin_layout Description
37142 \begin_inset space ~
37145 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
37148 \begin_layout Description
37150 \begin_inset space ~
37154 \begin_inset space ~
37157 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
37158 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
37161 \begin_layout Description
37163 \begin_inset space ~
37167 \begin_inset space ~
37170 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
37174 \begin_layout Description
37176 \begin_inset space ~
37180 \begin_inset space ~
37183 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
37184 ISO-8859-13 encoding
37187 \begin_layout Description
37189 \begin_inset space ~
37193 \begin_inset space ~
37197 \begin_inset space ~
37200 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
37201 \begin_inset space ~
37207 \begin_layout Description
37209 \begin_inset space ~
37213 \begin_inset space ~
37217 \begin_inset space ~
37220 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
37221 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
37224 \begin_layout Description
37226 \begin_inset space ~
37230 \begin_inset space ~
37233 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
37234 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
37235 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
37236 \begin_inset space ~
37240 \begin_inset space ~
37246 \begin_layout Description
37248 \begin_inset space ~
37252 \begin_inset space ~
37255 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
37256 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
37257 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
37258 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
37259 \begin_inset space ~
37263 \begin_inset space ~
37269 \begin_layout Description
37271 \begin_inset space ~
37275 \begin_inset space ~
37278 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
37281 \begin_layout Description
37283 \begin_inset space ~
37287 \begin_inset space ~
37290 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
37293 \begin_layout Description
37295 \begin_inset space ~
37299 \begin_inset space ~
37302 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
37305 \begin_layout Description
37307 \begin_inset space ~
37310 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
37313 \begin_layout Description
37315 \begin_inset space ~
37318 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
37321 \begin_layout Description
37323 \begin_inset space ~
37327 \begin_inset space ~
37330 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
37333 \begin_layout Description
37335 \begin_inset space ~
37339 \begin_inset space ~
37345 \begin_layout Description
37347 \begin_inset space ~
37351 \begin_inset space ~
37354 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
37357 \begin_layout Description
37359 \begin_inset space ~
37363 \begin_inset space ~
37369 \begin_layout Description
37371 \begin_inset space ~
37375 \begin_inset space ~
37378 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
37386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37387 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
37392 , when using this, set the document language to
37397 \begin_layout Description
37399 \begin_inset space ~
37403 \begin_inset space ~
37406 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
37410 , when using this, set the document language to
37415 \begin_layout Description
37417 \begin_inset space ~
37421 \begin_inset space ~
37424 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
37432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37433 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
37438 , when using this, set the document language to
37443 \begin_layout Description
37445 \begin_inset space ~
37449 \begin_inset space ~
37452 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
37456 , when using this, set the document language to
37461 \begin_layout Description
37463 \begin_inset space ~
37467 \begin_inset space ~
37470 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
37474 , when using this, set the document language to
37479 \begin_layout Description
37481 \begin_inset space ~
37484 (EUC-KR) for Korean
37487 \begin_layout Description
37489 \begin_inset space ~
37493 \begin_inset space ~
37497 \begin_inset space ~
37500 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
37503 \begin_layout Description
37505 \begin_inset space ~
37509 \begin_inset space ~
37513 \begin_inset space ~
37516 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
37517 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
37518 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
37521 \begin_layout Description
37523 \begin_inset space ~
37527 \begin_inset space ~
37533 \begin_layout Description
37535 \begin_inset space ~
37539 \begin_inset space ~
37542 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
37543 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
37546 \begin_layout Description
37548 \begin_inset space ~
37552 \begin_inset space ~
37555 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
37563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37564 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
37569 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
37572 \begin_layout Description
37574 \begin_inset space ~
37578 \begin_inset space ~
37581 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
37585 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
37593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37594 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
37595 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37609 \begin_layout Description
37611 \begin_inset space ~
37615 \begin_inset space ~
37618 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
37626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37627 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
37632 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
37635 \begin_layout Description
37637 \begin_inset space ~
37640 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
37648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37649 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
37655 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
37659 \begin_layout Description
37661 \begin_inset space ~
37665 \begin_inset space ~
37669 \begin_inset space ~
37672 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
37673 \begin_inset space ~
37679 \begin_layout Description
37681 \begin_inset space ~
37685 \begin_inset space ~
37689 \begin_inset space ~
37692 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
37693 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
37694 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
37698 \begin_layout Description
37700 \begin_inset space ~
37704 \begin_inset space ~
37708 \begin_inset space ~
37711 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
37712 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
37715 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37719 \begin_layout Standard
37720 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
37722 \begin_inset space ~
37726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37728 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37735 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37739 \begin_layout Standard
37740 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
37748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37749 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
37762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37763 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
37769 For a further description see section
37770 \begin_inset space ~
37774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37776 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37783 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37787 \begin_layout Standard
37788 The PDF properties are explained in section
37789 \begin_inset space ~
37793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37795 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
37802 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37806 \begin_layout Standard
37807 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
37815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37816 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
37829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37830 LaTeX-packages ! esint
37835 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
37838 \begin_layout Standard
37843 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
37844 assure that you have enabled AMS.
37847 \begin_layout Standard
37852 is used for special integral characters.
37855 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37859 \begin_layout Standard
37860 The float placement options are described in section
37861 \begin_inset space ~
37865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37867 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
37874 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37878 \begin_layout Standard
37879 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
37880 The itemize environment is described in section
37881 \begin_inset space ~
37885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37887 reference "sec:Itemize"
37894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37898 \begin_layout Standard
37899 Branches are described in section
37900 \begin_inset space ~
37904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37906 reference "sec:Branches"
37913 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37928 \begin_layout Standard
37929 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
37930 to define LaTeX-commands.
37931 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
37932 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
37936 \begin_layout Standard
37937 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
37938 \begin_inset space ~
37942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37944 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
37951 \begin_layout Section
37956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37965 \begin_layout Subsection
37969 \begin_layout Standard
37970 Spell checking is explained in section
37971 \begin_inset space ~
37975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37977 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37984 \begin_layout Subsection
37988 \begin_layout Standard
37989 The thesaurus is described in section
37990 \begin_inset space ~
37994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37996 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
38003 \begin_layout Subsection
38008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38027 \begin_layout Standard
38028 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
38029 highlighted document part.
38032 \begin_layout Subsection
38037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38046 \begin_layout Standard
38047 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
38050 \begin_layout Subsection
38055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38056 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
38060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38067 Reconfiguration of LyX
38071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38088 Reconfiguration of LyX
38096 \begin_layout Standard
38097 This menu reconfigures LyX.
38098 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
38099 \begin_inset space ~
38103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38105 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38112 \begin_layout Subsection
38116 \begin_layout Standard
38117 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
38118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38124 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38131 \begin_layout Section
38136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38145 \begin_layout Standard
38146 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
38150 \begin_layout Standard
38154 \begin_inset space ~
38159 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
38160 found by LyX (see also section
38161 \begin_inset space ~
38165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38167 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
38174 \begin_layout Section
38176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38178 name "sec:Toolbars"
38185 \begin_layout Standard
38186 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
38187 \begin_inset space ~
38191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38193 reference "sub:Toolbars"
38200 \begin_layout Standard
38201 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
38202 This is described in the
38209 \begin_layout Subsection
38214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38223 \begin_layout Standard
38224 \begin_inset Graphics
38225 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
38233 \begin_layout Standard
38234 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38240 \begin_layout Standard
38241 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38258 \begin_inset Note Note
38261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38262 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
38267 manual for more information.
38275 \begin_layout Standard
38276 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38282 \begin_layout Standard
38283 \begin_inset Tabular
38284 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
38285 <features islongtable="true">
38286 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38287 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38293 \begin_inset Graphics
38294 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
38304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38308 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
38321 \begin_layout Standard
38322 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
38328 \begin_layout Standard
38330 \begin_inset Tabular
38331 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
38332 <features islongtable="true">
38333 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38334 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38335 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38342 \begin_inset Graphics
38343 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
38344 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38359 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38366 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38371 \begin_inset Graphics
38372 filename ../images/file-open.png
38373 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38388 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38395 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38400 \begin_inset Graphics
38401 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
38402 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38417 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38424 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38429 \begin_inset Graphics
38430 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
38431 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
38440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38446 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38453 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38458 \begin_inset Graphics
38459 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
38460 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38475 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38482 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38487 \begin_inset Graphics
38488 filename ../images/undo.png
38489 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38504 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38516 \begin_inset Graphics
38517 filename ../images/redo.png
38518 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38533 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38540 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38545 \begin_inset Graphics
38546 filename ../images/cut.png
38547 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38562 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38569 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38574 \begin_inset Graphics
38575 filename ../images/copy.png
38576 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38591 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38598 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38603 \begin_inset Graphics
38604 filename ../images/paste.png
38605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38620 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38627 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38632 \begin_inset Graphics
38633 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
38634 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38635 rotateOrigin center
38644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38650 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38656 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38665 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38670 \begin_inset Graphics
38671 filename ../images/font-emph.png
38672 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38685 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
38687 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38689 \begin_inset space ~
38700 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38705 \begin_inset Graphics
38706 filename ../images/font-noun.png
38707 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38720 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38722 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38724 \begin_inset space ~
38735 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38740 \begin_inset Graphics
38741 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
38742 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38755 Formats text using the current settings in the
38757 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38759 \begin_inset space ~
38770 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38775 \begin_inset Graphics
38776 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38777 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38792 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38793 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38795 \begin_inset space ~
38804 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38809 \begin_inset Graphics
38810 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38811 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38812 rotateOrigin center
38821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38827 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38834 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38839 \begin_inset Graphics
38840 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38841 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38842 rotateOrigin center
38851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38857 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38864 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38869 \begin_inset Graphics
38870 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38871 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38872 rotateOrigin center
38881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38885 Toggle outline window on/off,
38887 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38894 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38899 \begin_inset Graphics
38900 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38901 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38902 rotateOrigin center
38911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38915 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38921 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38926 \begin_inset Graphics
38927 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38928 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38929 rotateOrigin center
38938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38942 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38955 \begin_layout Subsection
38960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38969 \begin_layout Standard
38970 \begin_inset Graphics
38971 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38979 \begin_layout Standard
38980 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38986 \begin_layout Standard
38987 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38991 \begin_layout Standard
38992 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38998 \begin_layout Standard
38999 \begin_inset Tabular
39000 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
39001 <features islongtable="true">
39002 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39003 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39004 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39009 \begin_inset Graphics
39010 filename ../images/layout.png
39011 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39012 rotateOrigin center
39021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39031 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39036 \begin_inset Graphics
39037 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
39038 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39039 rotateOrigin center
39048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39058 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39063 \begin_inset Graphics
39064 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
39065 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39066 rotateOrigin center
39075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39085 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39090 \begin_inset Graphics
39091 filename ../images/layout_List.png
39092 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39093 rotateOrigin center
39102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39112 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39117 \begin_inset Graphics
39118 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
39119 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39120 rotateOrigin center
39129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39139 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39144 \begin_inset Graphics
39145 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
39146 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39147 rotateOrigin center
39156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39162 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39164 \begin_inset space ~
39168 \begin_inset space ~
39177 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39182 \begin_inset Graphics
39183 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
39184 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39185 rotateOrigin center
39194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39200 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39202 \begin_inset space ~
39206 \begin_inset space ~
39215 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39220 \begin_inset Graphics
39221 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
39222 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39237 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39238 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39245 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39250 \begin_inset Graphics
39251 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
39252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39267 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39268 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39275 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39280 \begin_inset Graphics
39281 filename ../images/label-insert.png
39282 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39297 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39304 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39309 \begin_inset Graphics
39310 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
39311 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39326 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39333 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39338 \begin_inset Graphics
39339 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
39340 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39355 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39362 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39367 \begin_inset Graphics
39368 filename ../images/index-insert.png
39369 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39384 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39386 \begin_inset space ~
39395 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39400 \begin_inset Graphics
39401 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
39402 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39417 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39419 \begin_inset space ~
39428 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39433 \begin_inset Graphics
39434 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
39435 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39450 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39457 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39462 \begin_inset Graphics
39463 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
39464 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39465 rotateOrigin center
39474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39480 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39482 \begin_inset space ~
39491 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39496 \begin_inset Graphics
39497 filename ../images/note-insert.png
39498 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39513 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39514 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39516 \begin_inset space ~
39525 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39530 \begin_inset Graphics
39531 filename ../images/box-insert.png
39532 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39547 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39554 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39559 \begin_inset Graphics
39560 filename ../images/url-insert.png
39561 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39576 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39583 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39588 \begin_inset Graphics
39589 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
39590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39627 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39632 \begin_inset Graphics
39633 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
39634 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39649 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39650 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39657 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39662 \begin_inset Graphics
39663 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
39664 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39679 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39680 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39682 \begin_inset space ~
39691 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39696 \begin_inset Graphics
39697 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
39698 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39699 rotateOrigin center
39708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39714 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39716 \begin_inset space ~
39725 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39730 \begin_inset Graphics
39731 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
39732 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39733 rotateOrigin center
39742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39748 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39750 \begin_inset space ~
39759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39764 \begin_inset Graphics
39765 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39766 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39767 rotateOrigin center
39776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39782 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39796 \begin_layout Subsection
39797 View / Update Toolbar
39801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39802 Toolbar ! View / Update
39810 \begin_layout Standard
39811 \begin_inset Graphics
39812 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39819 \begin_layout Standard
39820 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39826 \begin_layout Standard
39827 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39831 \begin_layout Standard
39832 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39838 \begin_layout Standard
39839 \begin_inset Tabular
39840 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39841 <features islongtable="true">
39842 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39843 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39844 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39849 \begin_inset Graphics
39850 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39851 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39852 rotateOrigin center
39861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39867 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39874 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39879 \begin_inset Graphics
39880 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39881 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39882 rotateOrigin center
39891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39897 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39898 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39905 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39910 \begin_inset Graphics
39911 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39912 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39913 rotateOrigin center
39922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39928 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39935 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39940 \begin_inset Graphics
39941 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39942 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39943 rotateOrigin center
39952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39958 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39959 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39966 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39971 \begin_inset Graphics
39972 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39973 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39974 rotateOrigin center
39983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39989 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39996 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40001 \begin_inset Graphics
40002 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
40003 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
40004 rotateOrigin center
40013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40019 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40020 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40034 \begin_layout Subsection
40038 \begin_layout Standard
40039 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
40040 \begin_inset space ~
40044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40046 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40050 , the table toolbar
40054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40064 manual, the math macro toolbar in the
40071 \begin_layout Chapter
40077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40079 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40096 \begin_layout Standard
40097 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40099 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40103 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
40106 \begin_layout Section
40110 \begin_layout Subsection
40114 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40115 User Interface File
40119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40120 Customization ! of toolbars
40129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40130 Customization ! of menus
40138 \begin_layout Standard
40139 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40147 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40156 \begin_layout Standard
40157 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
40158 interface (ui) file.
40159 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40160 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40169 Both files are loaded by the
40174 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40175 files and edit the entries.
40178 \begin_layout Standard
40179 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40191 entries must be ended with an explicit
40216 and in the case of the
40217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40229 The syntax for the entries is:
40232 \begin_layout Standard
40233 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40261 \begin_layout Standard
40263 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40266 All LyX-functions are listed in
40267 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40276 \begin_layout Standard
40277 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40283 \begin_layout Standard
40284 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40286 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40289 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40293 \begin_layout Standard
40294 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40299 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
40302 \begin_layout Standard
40304 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40307 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40314 \begin_layout Standard
40318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40325 restoring of window layout and geometries
40327 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40328 in the last LyX session.
40331 \begin_layout Standard
40334 Restore cursor positions
40336 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40340 \begin_layout Standard
40343 Load opened files from last session
40345 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40348 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40352 name "sub:Backup documents"
40360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40369 \begin_layout Standard
40374 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40377 \begin_layout Standard
40382 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40385 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40387 \begin_inset space ~
40395 \begin_layout Subsection
40400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40409 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40416 \begin_layout Standard
40417 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40420 \begin_layout Standard
40421 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40429 This section only deals with the fonts
40434 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40437 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40438 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40449 \begin_layout Standard
40450 By default, LyX uses
40454 as roman (serif) font,
40462 (depends on the system) as
40465 \begin_inset space ~
40481 \begin_layout Standard
40482 You can change the font size with the
40487 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40488 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40491 \begin_layout Standard
40496 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40497 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40502 points have the size of 1
40503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40507 \begin_inset space ~
40511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40513 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40520 \begin_layout Standard
40525 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40530 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40531 \begin_inset space ~
40535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40537 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40544 \begin_layout Standard
40547 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40549 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40550 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40551 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40552 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40554 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40555 \begin_inset space ~
40561 \begin_layout Subsection
40566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40585 \begin_layout Standard
40586 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40587 Choose an item in the list and use the
40594 \begin_layout Subsection
40599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40600 Settings ! Graphics
40608 \begin_layout Standard
40609 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40612 \begin_layout Standard
40617 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40618 This feature is described in section
40619 \begin_inset space ~
40623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40625 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40632 \begin_layout Section
40637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40646 \begin_layout Subsection
40650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40654 \begin_layout Standard
40657 Cursor follows scrollbar
40659 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40663 \begin_layout Standard
40666 Sort environments alphabetically
40668 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40671 \begin_layout Standard
40674 Group environments by their category
40676 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40679 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40683 \begin_layout Standard
40684 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40689 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40690 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40694 \begin_layout Subsection
40699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40710 Settings ! Shortcuts
40718 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40722 \begin_layout Standard
40723 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40724 Several binding files are available:
40727 \begin_layout Description
40728 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40731 \begin_layout Description
40732 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40743 \begin_layout Description
40744 mac.bind set of bindings for
40747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40755 \begin_layout Standard
40756 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40760 , and bind files for special languages.
40761 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
40763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40771 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40775 \begin_layout Standard
40776 Some bind-files, like
40780 , have only a small scope.
40781 When looking at the the end of the file
40785 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40788 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40792 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40801 Key Bindings ! Editing
40809 \begin_layout Standard
40810 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40811 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40812 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40815 Show key-bindings containing
40818 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40819 Insert there for example as keyword
40820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40827 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40837 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40838 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40842 that you find in the
40849 \begin_layout Standard
40851 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40855 \begin_inset space ~
40866 , select the function and press the
40871 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40872 So press Alt-q to define the shortcut.
40873 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40874 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40875 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40877 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40879 The binding for the function
40883 is an example for this.
40886 \begin_layout Standard
40887 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40889 The syntax of the entries is:
40892 \begin_layout Standard
40898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40916 \begin_layout Subsection
40918 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40922 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40928 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40947 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40955 \begin_layout Standard
40956 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40957 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40959 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40963 \begin_inset space ~
40966 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40967 can use the keyboard map file named
40974 \begin_layout Standard
40975 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40983 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40991 \begin_layout Standard
40992 Besides this, you can specify here the
40994 Wheel scrolling speed
40997 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41001 \begin_layout Section
41006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41025 \begin_layout Description
41027 \begin_inset space ~
41030 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41031 It is the default when you
41042 \begin_inset space ~
41050 \begin_layout Description
41052 \begin_inset space ~
41055 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41057 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41059 \begin_inset space ~
41063 \begin_inset space ~
41071 \begin_layout Description
41073 \begin_inset space ~
41080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41086 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41087 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41088 \begin_inset space ~
41092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41094 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41102 will be used to save the backups.
41103 \begin_inset Newline newline
41106 The backup files have the ending
41107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41117 \begin_layout Description
41122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41129 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41130 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41131 \begin_inset Newline newline
41135 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41143 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41151 \begin_layout Description
41153 \begin_inset space ~
41156 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41159 \begin_layout Description
41161 \begin_inset space ~
41164 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41165 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41166 to find it on the system.
41167 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
41168 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41174 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41177 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41178 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41182 \begin_layout Section
41186 \begin_layout Standard
41187 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41188 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41190 \begin_inset space ~
41194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41196 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41200 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41203 \begin_layout Section
41208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41209 Language ! Settings
41218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41219 Settings ! Language
41227 \begin_layout Subsection
41231 \begin_layout Description
41233 \begin_inset space ~
41236 language is the language used in new documents
41239 \begin_layout Description
41241 \begin_inset space ~
41244 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41246 The default is the LaTeX-command
41252 that loads the package
41260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41261 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41262 \begin_inset space ~
41266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41268 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41278 \begin_inset Newline newline
41285 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
41286 the document language.
41287 A text label is for instance the word
41288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41295 at the beginning of every table-caption.
41298 \begin_layout Description
41300 \begin_inset space ~
41303 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41304 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41305 An example is the start command
41311 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41316 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41331 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41336 \begin_layout Description
41338 \begin_inset space ~
41346 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41347 command toggles the package on and off.
41350 \begin_layout Description
41352 \begin_inset space ~
41362 \begin_layout Description
41363 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41364 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41365 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41366 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41373 \begin_layout Description
41375 \begin_inset space ~
41378 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41380 When this option is not set, the
41383 \begin_inset space ~
41388 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41389 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41392 \begin_inset space ~
41400 \begin_layout Description
41402 \begin_inset space ~
41408 \begin_inset space ~
41414 When it is not set, the
41417 \begin_inset space ~
41422 is set to the end of the document.
41425 \begin_layout Description
41427 \begin_inset space ~
41431 \begin_inset space ~
41434 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41435 language will be underlined blue.
41438 \begin_layout Description
41440 \begin_inset space ~
41444 \begin_inset space ~
41448 \begin_inset space ~
41452 \begin_inset space ~
41455 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
41459 \begin_layout Subsection
41463 \begin_layout Standard
41464 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41465 \begin_inset space ~
41469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41471 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41478 \begin_layout Section
41482 \begin_layout Subsection
41484 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41513 \begin_layout Description
41515 \begin_inset space ~
41518 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41519 The name will be used when the
41524 \begin_inset Newline newline
41528 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41536 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41545 \begin_layout Description
41547 \begin_inset space ~
41551 \begin_inset space ~
41555 \begin_inset space ~
41558 printer This option works only for the
41563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41575 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41576 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41579 \begin_layout Description
41581 \begin_inset space ~
41584 command is the command LyX
41585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41592 LaTeX uses for printing.
41593 The default is on most systems
41600 \begin_layout Description
41602 \begin_inset space ~
41606 \begin_inset space ~
41609 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41610 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41611 of the program that provides the
41618 \begin_layout Subsection
41623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41634 Settings ! Date format
41642 \begin_layout Standard
41643 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41644 \begin_inset Newline newline
41648 \begin_inset Flex URL
41651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41653 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41659 \begin_inset Newline newline
41662 For example the format
41663 \begin_inset Newline newline
41667 \begin_inset Newline newline
41670 prints the date as day/month/year.
41673 \begin_layout Subsection
41677 \begin_layout Description
41679 \begin_inset space ~
41683 \begin_inset space ~
41686 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41689 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41690 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41692 \begin_inset space ~
41698 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41702 \begin_layout Description
41704 \begin_inset space ~
41707 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41712 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41713 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41716 \begin_layout Subsection
41721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41729 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41731 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41748 \begin_layout Description
41753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41761 \begin_inset space ~
41764 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41769 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41791 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41804 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41805 LyX sets up in the background.
41806 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41809 \begin_layout Description
41811 \begin_inset space ~
41815 \begin_inset space ~
41818 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41823 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41826 \begin_layout Description
41828 \begin_inset space ~
41832 \begin_inset space ~
41836 \begin_inset space ~
41840 \begin_inset space ~
41844 \begin_inset space ~
41848 \begin_inset space ~
41851 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41853 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41856 dialog when changing the document class.
41859 \begin_layout Standard
41862 External Applications
41864 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41865 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
41866 manuals of the applications.
41867 Currently the following commands can be set:
41870 \begin_layout Description
41875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41883 \begin_inset space ~
41886 command Command for the program
41890 that is described in section
41901 \begin_layout Description
41906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41914 \begin_inset space ~
41917 command Command for the program
41921 that generates the bibliography, see section
41922 \begin_inset space ~
41926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41928 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41935 \begin_layout Description
41937 \begin_inset space ~
41940 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41941 \begin_inset space ~
41945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41947 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41954 \begin_layout Description
41956 \begin_inset space ~
41960 \begin_inset space ~
41964 \begin_inset space ~
41968 \begin_inset space ~
41971 options They only have an effect when the program
41975 is used as DVI-viewer.
41978 \begin_layout Subsection
41983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42002 \begin_layout Standard
42007 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
42010 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
42012 uses the Windows path style:
42015 \begin_layout Standard
42023 \begin_layout Standard
42024 instead of the Unix path style:
42027 \begin_layout Standard
42031 \begin_layout Section
42036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42045 \begin_layout Standard
42046 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42047 from one format to another.
42048 You can modify them or create new ones.
42049 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42056 \begin_inset space ~
42066 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42070 \begin_inset space ~
42075 drop-down list, modify the
42079 field, and press the
42086 \begin_layout Standard
42089 Converter File Cache
42091 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42094 Maximum Age (in days
42097 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42098 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42101 \begin_layout Standard
42102 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42103 the converter definition, is described in section
42114 \begin_layout Section
42119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42128 name "sec:File-Formats"
42135 \begin_layout Standard
42136 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42137 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42139 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
42147 \begin_inset space ~
42159 \begin_layout Standard
42160 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42161 is described in section
42172 \begin_layout Section
42177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42186 \begin_layout Standard
42187 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
42188 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42189 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42190 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42191 This is done by a Copier.
42194 \begin_layout Standard
42195 More about converters is described in section
42206 \begin_layout Chapter
42207 Units available in LyX
42211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42220 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42227 \begin_layout Standard
42228 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42231 reference "cap:Units"
42235 explains all units available in LyX.
42238 \begin_layout Standard
42239 \begin_inset Float table
42245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42246 \begin_inset Caption
42248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42249 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42264 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42272 \begin_inset Tabular
42273 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42275 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42276 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42376 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42427 scaled point (65536
42428 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42460 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42488 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42516 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42520 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42543 % of original image width
42550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42757 \begin_layout Chapter
42759 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42768 \begin_layout Standard
42769 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42770 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42773 \begin_layout Itemize
42776 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42779 \begin_layout Itemize
42785 \begin_layout Itemize
42791 \begin_layout Itemize
42797 \begin_layout Itemize
42803 \begin_layout Itemize
42809 \begin_layout Itemize
42815 \begin_layout Itemize
42821 \begin_layout Itemize
42824 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42827 \begin_layout Itemize
42833 \begin_layout Itemize
42839 \begin_layout Itemize
42845 \begin_layout Itemize
42851 \begin_layout Itemize
42857 \begin_layout Itemize
42863 \begin_layout Itemize
42869 \begin_layout Itemize
42875 \begin_layout Itemize
42877 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42886 \begin_layout Standard
42887 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42890 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42897 \begin_layout Bibliography
42898 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42899 LatexCommand bibitem
42906 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42909 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42914 \begin_inset Newline newline
42918 \begin_inset Flex URL
42921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42923 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42931 \begin_layout Bibliography
42932 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42933 LatexCommand bibitem
42934 key "latexcompanion"
42938 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42940 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42943 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42946 \begin_layout Bibliography
42947 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42948 LatexCommand bibitem
42953 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42956 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42959 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42962 \begin_layout Bibliography
42963 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42964 LatexCommand bibitem
42971 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42974 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42977 \begin_layout Bibliography
42978 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42979 LatexCommand bibitem
42991 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42994 \begin_layout Bibliography
42995 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42996 LatexCommand bibitem
43002 \begin_inset Newline newline
43006 \begin_inset Flex URL
43009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43011 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43019 \begin_layout Bibliography
43020 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43021 LatexCommand bibitem
43027 \begin_inset Newline newline
43031 \begin_inset Flex URL
43034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43036 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43044 \begin_layout Bibliography
43045 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43046 LatexCommand bibitem
43052 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43054 name "Documentation"
43055 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43064 \begin_inset Newline newline
43068 \begin_inset Flex URL
43071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43073 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43081 \begin_layout Bibliography
43082 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43083 LatexCommand bibitem
43089 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43091 name "Documentation"
43092 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43101 \begin_inset Newline newline
43105 \begin_inset Flex URL
43108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43110 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43118 \begin_layout Bibliography
43119 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43120 LatexCommand bibitem
43126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43128 name "Documentation"
43129 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43138 \begin_inset Newline newline
43142 \begin_inset Flex URL
43145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43147 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43155 \begin_layout Bibliography
43156 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43157 LatexCommand bibitem
43163 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43165 name "Documentation"
43166 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43170 of the LaTeX-package
43178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43179 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43185 \begin_inset Newline newline
43189 \begin_inset Flex URL
43192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43194 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43202 \begin_layout Bibliography
43203 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43204 LatexCommand bibitem
43210 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43212 name "Documentation"
43213 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43217 of the LaTeX-package
43225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43226 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43232 \begin_inset Newline newline
43236 \begin_inset Flex URL
43239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43241 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43249 \begin_layout Bibliography
43250 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43251 LatexCommand bibitem
43259 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43261 name "Documentation"
43262 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43268 of the LaTeX-package
43276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43277 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43283 \begin_inset Newline newline
43287 \begin_inset Flex URL
43290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43292 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43300 \begin_layout Bibliography
43301 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43302 LatexCommand bibitem
43308 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43310 name "Documentation"
43311 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43315 of the LaTeX-package
43323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43324 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43330 \begin_inset Newline newline
43334 \begin_inset Flex URL
43337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43339 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43347 \begin_layout Bibliography
43348 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43349 LatexCommand bibitem
43355 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43357 name "Documentation"
43358 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43362 of the LaTeX-package
43370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43371 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43377 \begin_inset Newline newline
43381 \begin_inset Flex URL
43384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43386 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43394 \begin_layout Bibliography
43395 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43396 LatexCommand bibitem
43402 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43404 name "Documentation"
43405 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43409 of the LaTeX-package
43417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43418 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43424 \begin_inset Newline newline
43428 \begin_inset Flex URL
43431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43433 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43441 \begin_layout Bibliography
43442 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43443 LatexCommand bibitem
43449 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43452 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43456 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43457 \begin_inset Newline newline
43461 \begin_inset Flex URL
43464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43466 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43474 \begin_layout Bibliography
43475 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43476 LatexCommand bibitem
43482 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43485 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43489 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43490 \begin_inset Newline newline
43494 \begin_inset Flex URL
43497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43499 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43507 \begin_layout Bibliography
43508 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43509 LatexCommand bibitem
43515 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43518 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43522 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43523 \begin_inset Newline newline
43527 \begin_inset Flex URL
43530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43532 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43540 \begin_layout Bibliography
43541 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43542 LatexCommand bibitem
43548 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43551 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43555 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43556 \begin_inset Newline newline
43560 \begin_inset Flex URL
43563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43565 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43573 \begin_layout Bibliography
43574 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43575 LatexCommand bibitem
43581 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43584 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43588 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43589 \begin_inset Newline newline
43593 \begin_inset Flex URL
43596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43598 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43606 \begin_layout Bibliography
43607 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43608 LatexCommand bibitem
43614 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43617 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43621 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43622 \begin_inset Newline newline
43626 \begin_inset Flex URL
43629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43631 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43639 \begin_layout Bibliography
43640 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43641 LatexCommand bibitem
43647 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43650 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43654 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43655 \begin_inset Newline newline
43659 \begin_inset Flex URL
43662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43664 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43672 \begin_layout Bibliography
43673 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43674 LatexCommand bibitem
43680 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43683 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43687 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43688 \begin_inset Newline newline
43692 \begin_inset Flex URL
43695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43697 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43705 \begin_layout Bibliography
43706 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43707 LatexCommand bibitem
43713 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43716 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43720 about new features in
43725 \begin_inset Newline newline
43729 \begin_inset Flex URL
43732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43734 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43742 \begin_layout Standard
43743 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43777 \begin_inset Note Note
43780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43787 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43788 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43789 bibliography is the second one:
43797 \begin_layout Standard
43798 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43799 LatexCommand bibtex
43800 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43801 options "biblio/alphadin"
43808 \begin_layout Standard
43809 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43812 \begin_layout Standard
43815 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43816 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43821 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43822 LatexCommand printindex